31B-203 (2) HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. All bidders and trade are responsible for reviewing the drawings,
specifications and details to determine how this alternate affects their
work, and indicating the cost of the alternate on the bid form.
END OF SECTION
Electrical
16100-19
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. 8 ALTERNATES
A. See Section 01230 for a general description of the Base and Alternate Bids. Work
of the Electrical Subcontractor is more specifically described below.
B. The Base Bid shall be the lump sum price for all labor and materials necessary for
and reasonably incidental to providing all plumbing work specified and shown on the
Drawings, less the cost of all extra work described in the Alternates.
C. Alternate No. 1 —All work in Laundry Building
If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the Drawings and in the
Specifications as Alternate No. 1 shall be included in lieu of the respective portions
of the Work indicated in the Base Bid.
1. The Work of Alternate No. 1 is defined providing all power wiring for new fan
coil units in Laundry Building and classrooms on the first and second floors.
2. All bidders and trades are responsible for reviewing the drawings,
specifications and details to determine how this alternate affects their
work, and indicating the cost of the alternate on the bid form.
D. Alternate No. 2—Delete Chiller and Chiller Barrel
If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the Drawings and in the
Specifications as Alternate No. 2 shall be deducted in price portions of the Work
indicated in the Base Bid.
1. The Work of Alternate No. 2 is defined as deleting all power wiring disconnects
switches ect.
2. All bidders and trades are responsible for reviewing the drawings, specifications
and details to determine how this alternate affects their work, and indicating the
cost of the alternate on the bid form.
E. Alternate No. 3—Replace all existing sprinkler heads.
1. The work of this alternate does not effect the work of this trade.
F. Alternate No. 4—Install window seat in Fiction Room.
If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the Drawings and in the
Specifications as Alternate No. 4 shall be included in addition to the repective
portions of the work indicated in the base bid.
1. Furnish and install a new window seat in Fiction Room 203 to conceal the 101%tk
new ductwork.
Electrical
16100-18 .
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Circuits shall be connected to the panelboards so that the total load is
distributed equally between each line and neutral to within ten percent.
Branch circuits shall be balanced on their own panelboards, and feeder
loads balanced on the main distribution panel. Reasonable load testing
shall be arranged for verification if requested by the Public Works
Department.
3.7 FIRE SAFING
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete
the work including, but not limited to the following:
1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers.
2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers.
3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural
Drawings.
4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls,
stairway walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage
rooms, kitchen, machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving
rooms.
B. Safing Insulation
1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG
Interiors, Inc. or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum
thickness by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the
Drawings.
2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors.
C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound
as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber
fire safing.
D. Preparation
1. At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetrations for pipes.
E. Application
1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids.
Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where
necessary.
* 2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation
with sealing compound.
Electrical
16100-17
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Ends of all conduits shall be reamed and all joints made waterproof. Connections to
junction boxes shall be double locknut and bushing, using insulated bushings on
conduit 1-1/4" or larger. Grounding bushings shall be provided at all panel
connections.
D. Conduit connections to motor frames shall have minimum of 18" of flexible steel
conduit to eliminate vibrations and noise being transferred to other parts of the
building, with cable jumper across greenfield and fittings. This flexible conduit shall
also be installed at ceiling mounted lighting fixtures to facilitate alignment of fixtures.
3.4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Receptacle boxes, unless otherwise noted, shall be approximately 18" above
finished floor, aligned above or below closest block course, except at locations
where wall mounted equipment precludes this mounting height. At such locations,
receptacle height shall be as directed by the Architect. Switch outlets shall be 48"
above finished floor, unless aligned above or below closest block course. The
Electrical Contractor shall check with the Architectural and Structural Plans for
interferences.
B. Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to the weather and wet locations, shall
be of the threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and
gasket.
C. Pull boxes shall be adequate size to accommodate the conductors installed therein
without excessive bending of the conductors, which would damage the conductor
insulation.
D. All outlet boxes installed in masonry shall be so set that their outer edges are 1/4"
back of finished surface.
E. Outlet boxes shall not be supported by the conduit. Suitable means shall be
provided to support the outlet box to take the weight of the fixture.
F. Fixture outlet boxes used as junction boxes or outlets not used, shall be provided
with covers.
3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its
manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings
or not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by
the Electrical Contractor and be included in his bid.
3.6 TESTING
A. Balancing Loads: 10**N
Electrical
16100-16
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH NORTHAMPTON,MASSACHUSETTS
C. If, in laying out his work, the Electrical Contractor finds that the work of other trades
might interfere with his, the Architect shall be notified.
D. The locations of outlets, apparatus, and equipment are approximate only and the
nuns of feeders, mains, and branches are not necessarily to be made exactly as
shown on the plans. The exact locations of such work shall be determined after full
consideration has been given to work of other trades and without changes in the
design of the systems. The entire installation shall conform to the latest issue of the
Massachusetts Electrical Code and local inspection authorities.
E. Electrical equipment, such as junction and pull boxes, control, and apparatus, shall
be made accessible.
F. All wiring shall be concealed in finished spaces, except as otherwise specified.
3.2 GROUNDING
A. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all exposed non-current carrying
metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding
conductor in non-metallic raceways and neutral conductor of the wiring system shall
be grounded. The ground connection shall be made at the main service equipment.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all material required for the
grounding and/or bonding in the building of all equipment, power and lighting
systems installed under this Contract.
C. The Electrical Contractor shall make tight and proper all metallic components and
equipment to one another and to ground, using a positive foolproof system of
connections. Provide and install bonding and grounding conductors with approved
termination where required, conforming with the latest Massachusetts Electrical
Code and other applicable specification standards.
D. A#12 AWG insulated equipment ground conductor shall be installed in each length
of flexible metallic conduit connection to motors, recessed lighting fixtures and other
equipment components for continuity. Positive ground connections with the ground
wire shall be made at each outlet box, lighting fixture, motor and other equipment
components by means of positively secured ground clamp in each.
3.3 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. All conduit shall be installed so as to provide the straightest possible run with not
more than the equivalent of three 900 bends in a single run. Where more bends are
necessary, the Electrical Contractor shall provide suitable pull boxes.
B. Conduit shall be fished and cleaned and dry before pulling wires and shall be
suitably protected against entrance of dirt and moisture during construction.
Electrical
16100-15
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Terminals for feeder conductors to the panelboard mains and neutral shall be UL
listed as suitable for the type of conductor specified. Terminals for branch circuit
wiring, both breaker and neutral, shall be UL listed as suitable for the type of
conductor specified.
E. Panelboard circuit numbering shall be such that starting at the top, odd numbers
shall be used in sequence down the left-hand side and even numbers shall be used
in sequence down the right-hand side.
F. A circuit directory frame and card with a Gear plastic covering shall be provided on
the inside of the door. The directory card shall provide a space at least 1/4" high by
3" long or equivalent for each circuit. The directory shall be typed to identify the load
fed by each circuit.
G. Each panelboard, as a complete unit, shall have a short circuit current rating equal
to or greater than 10,000 amps.
H. Panelboards shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories and bear the UL label.
Panelboards shall be Square D, "NQOD" series for 120/208 volts. No substitutions
will be allowed.
2.11 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (Furnished by Owner, Installed by Electrical Contractor)
A. The Electrical Contractor shall install a complete fire alarm system as shown on
Drawings. All fire alarm equipment shall be furnished by the Owner and shall be a
Simplex 4002 system complete with all peripherals, including auto dialer to Campus
Security as directed by the Owner.
B. All wiring in conduit shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Contractor.
C. The building shall be wired on a "zone per floor" basis unless otherwise indicated by
the Owner.
2.12 TIMER
A. Timer shall be mechanical spring wound type"Intermatic No. 1XC25", or equal.
PART 3- INSTALLATION
3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The Electrical Contractor shall endeavor to layout and perform his work in such a
manner as to cause no delay in the construction by other trades.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall verify all measurements and shall be responsible for
the correctness of same. No allowance will be made for differences between actual
measurements and those shown on plans.
Electrical
16100-14
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
low NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Panelboard bus structure and main lugs shall have current ratings as required.
Such ratings shall be established by heat rise tests with maximum hot spot
temperature on any connector or bus bar not to exceed 50°C above ambient.
Heat rise tests shall be conducted in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories
Standard UL 67. The use of conductor dimensions will not be accepted in lieu of
actual heat tests. Buses shall be copper.
C. Circuit breakers shall be equipped with individually insulated, braced and protected
connectors. The front faces of all circuit breakers shall be flush with each other.
Large permanent, individual circuit numbers shall be affixed to each breaker in a
uniform position. Tripped indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle
taking a position between"ON" and "OFF". Provisions for additional breakers shall be
such that no additional connectors will be required to add breakers.
D. Each panelboard, as a complete unit, shall have a short circuit rating equal to
42,000 amps.
E. Panelboard assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet. The rigidity and gauge
of steel to be as specified in UL Standard 50 for cabinets. The size of wiring
gutters shall be in accordance with UL Standard 67. Cabinets to be equipped
with latch and tumbler lock on door of trim. Doors over 48" long shall be
equipped with three-point latch and vault lock. All locks shall be keyed alike. End
walls shall be removable. Front trim shall be hinged.
F. The panelboard interior assembly shall be dead front with panelboard front
removed. Main lugs shall be barriered on five sides. The barrier in front of the
main lugs shall be hinged to be fixed part of the interior. The end of the bus
structure opposite the mains shall be barriered.
G. Panelboards shall be listed by UL and shall bear the UL label. Panelboard shall
be Square D I-LINE. No Substitutions Accepted.
2.10 PANELBOARDS
A. Furnish and install circuit breaker lighting and receptacle panelboards as required
and where shown on the Plans. Panelboards shall be equipped with thermal-
magnetic molded case circuit breakers with frame and trip ratings as required.
B. Circuit breakers shall be quick-make, quick-break, thermal-magnetic, trip indicating,
and have common trip on all multi-pole breakers. Trip indication shall be clearly
shown by the breaker handle taking position between "On" and "Off' when the
breaker is tripped. Connections to the bus shall be bolt-on.
C. Bus bar connections to the branch circuit breaker shall be the "distributed phase"or
"phase sequence" type. All current-carrying parts of the bus assembly shall be
plated.
Electrical
16100-13
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
6. Switches shall be Square D, heavy duty type in NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R
enclosure.
C. Disconnect switches for 120 volt, single phase motors shall be single or double pole
toggle switches as specified, or required.
D. Motor starters shall be across-the-line magnetic type rated in accordance with
NEMA Standards, sizes and horsepower ratings. Starters shall be mounted in
general purpose enclosures unless otherwise indicated on the Plans.
1. Across-the-line magnetic starters shall be equipped with double break silver
alloy contacts. All contacts shall be replaceable without removing power
wiring or removing starter from panel.
2. Coils shall be of molded construction, replaceable from the front without
removing the starter from the panel.
3. Overload relays shall be the melting alloy type with a replaceable control
circuit module. Thermal units shall be of one-piece construction and
interchangeable. The starter shall be inoperative if the thermal unit is
removed.
a. All three phase magnetic starters shall have "Hand-Off-Auto"
selector switch, three-pole, three-phase of NEMA size applicable,
with three melting alloy overload relays and three-position H-O-A
switch in cover of general purpose enclosure. To be Allen-Bradley
Bulletin 522. No substitutions will be allowed.
b. All single phase magnetic starters shall be single pole magnetic
contactor without overload protection, with "Hand-Off-Auto" selector
switch in cover of general purpose enclosure. To be Allen-Bradley
Bulletin 509. No substitutions will be allowed.
C. A control transformer shall be furnished and installed in each starter,
fused, with 24 volt secondary. Starter coils shall be 24 volt.
d. Furnish a minimum of one auxiliary contact in each starter for use by
others for interlocking purposes.
2.9 DISTRIBUTION PANELS
A. Furnish and install distribution/power panelboards where shown on the Plans.
Panelboards shall be equipped with thermal-magnetic, molded case circuit
breakers of frame and trip ratings as required.
Electrical
16100-12
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.7 LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Furnish and install lighting fixtures on all light outlets shown on plans. All lighting
fixtures to have label of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Fixtures to be complete in
all respects with all required glassware and lamps. All lamps to be new. Furnish
and install all required hardware to fit in all type ceilings. Fixtures are to be cleaned
after lamps and diffusers are installed. Any chipped, cracked or otherwise defective
material shall be replaced.
B. Fluorescent ballasts shall be solid state electronic type, approvable for use on their
system by the Massachusetts Electric Co. Fixture/lamp combinations for which
electronic ballasts are not available shall be high power factor, energy efficient
magnetic type, complete with automatic reset thermal protector, and shall be CBM
certified.
C. All fixtures shall be installed complete with lamps of the stated type and size. T-8
lamps shall be 3500 K. Compact fluorescent PL lamps shall be 3,500 K.
D. All fixtures to be independently supported from building structure.
E. Fixtures are identified by letter on the Lighting Fixture Schedule and by
corresponding letter on Drawings. Manufacturers' names and catalogue numbers
are listed to show type and standard of quality. Complete schedule of lighting
fixtures shall be submitted to and approved by the Architect and Owner.
2.8 MOTOR STARTERS AND SWITCHES
A. Furnish and install motor starting, protecting, and controlling devices for motors.
B. Furnish and install heavy duty fused safety switches as required.
1. All switches shall have switch blades which are fully visible in the "Off'
position with the door open. All current-carrying parts shall be plated to
resist corrosion and promote cool operation.
2. Switches shall be quick-made and quick-break such that, during normal
operation of the switch, the operation of the contacts shall not be capable of
being restrained by the operating handle after the closing or opening action
of the contacts has started. The handle and mechanism shall be an integral
part of the box, not the cover,with positive pad-locking provisions in the"Off'
position.
3. Switches shall be fumished in NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures unless
NEMA 3R (rainproof) is required. Enclosures shall have gray enamel,
electro-deposited on cleaned phosphatized steel.
4. Switches shall be horsepower rated for 240 volts AC.
5. Fuses shall be as required.
Electrical
16100-11
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS .
2.6 WIRING DEVICES
A. The Electrical Contractor shall install devices where shown on the plans. Where two
or more devices occur at one location, they shall be provided with a gang plate. All
unused boxes to be furnished with blank plates.
1. Duplex Receptacles - 20 amp, 125 volt with grounding screw, side and back
wired. To be Leviton Cat. No. 5352-I, or equal.
2. Ground fault interrupting receptacles shall be Leviton Cat. No. 6898-HGI, or
equal.
3. Weatherproof cover for receptacles shall be lockable, vertical, UL Listed,
with Lexan base and lid, 4 screw attachment, Tay Mac Cat. No. 20-3-5-0, or
equal.
4. Duplex receptacles, isolated ground - 20 A, 125 V, side and back wired,
Leviton Cat. No. 5362-IG, or equal.
5. Light Switches, Single Pole - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired,
Leviton Cat. No. 1221-2, or equal.
6. Light Switches, 3 Way- 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton
Cat. No. 1223-2, or equal.
7. Light Switches, 4 Way- 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton
Cat. No. 1224-2, or equal.
8. Switch and Pilot Light - 20 amp, 120 volt, side and back wired, red handle,
Leviton Cat. No. 1221-PLR, or equal.
9. Power receptacles shall be flush type, of NEMA configuration shown, with
matching cord and cap, Leviton, or equal, as follows:
a. Type "R" - 50 amp, 125/250 volt, 3 pole, 4 wire, Leviton Cat. No.
279.
b. Type "D" - 30 amp, 125/250 volt, 3 pole, 4 wire, Leviton Cat. No.
278.
10. Clock hanger outlet with single receptacle and strong hook for hanging
heavy clocks, Leviton Cat. No. 688-1, ivory finish, or equal. Clocks shall be
Simplex, style as chosen by Architect.
11. Wall plates shall be smooth molded urea or phenolic plastic, ivory with
matching screws. To be Leviton Cat. No. 86000 series, or equal.
Electrical
16100-10
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Branch circuit wiring located above lay in file ceilings or fished in stud partitions may
be Type MC cable; single and multi-circuit home runs shall be raceway and wire as
specified.
F. Wire and cable for special systems shall be as specified in those specification
sections.
G. Wire and Cable to be by Cerro, Southwire, Triangle/PWC, or equal.
2.4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Outlet boxes and covers shall be galvanized or sheradized pressed steel unless
otherwise noted or required by the National Electrical Code, and shall be as required
for their use.
B. Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to weather and wet locations shall be of
the cast aluminum, threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover
and gasket.
C. Outlet boxes shall be of sizes and types to accommodate:
1. structural conditions.
2. size and number of raceways and conductors or cables entering.
3. device of fixture for which required.
D. Boxes occurring at plastered surfaces shall have a suitable plaster ring installed.
E. Where multiple devices are located at one point, gang type boxes shall be used.
F. Pull and junction boxes,whether surface or flush, shall be galvanized code gauge.
G. Pull boxes and wireways shall be standard NEMA-1 enclosures with cover plates
and screws, bonderized paint finished.
H. Pull and splice boxes not indicated on the Drawings shall be provided as required by
the National and the Massachusetts Electrical Codes.
I. Outlet boxes and covers shall be as manufactured by Steel City electrical Company,
General Electric Company, Raco, or approved equal.
2.5 NAMEPLATES
A. Furnish and install nameplates identifying all apparatus, controls, panels and safety
switches. The nameplates shall be Seton style 2060 engraved plastic, or equal,
screw attached. Submit schedule of nameplate lettering for approval.
Electrical
16100-9
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 2—MATERIALS
2.1 RACEWAYS
A. Rigid galvanized steel or intermediate steel conduit shall be used for all raceway
runs concealed in concrete, run under slabs, run in trenches or pits, exposed below
6' above floor, and for service entrance conductor sweeps. Conduit shall comply
with the latest applicable Federal Specifications.
B. Electrical metallic tubing may be used for all homerun raceways run in walls or
partitions, raceways run exposed inside the building, or run concealed in or above
furred spaces unless otherwise specified above. Electrical metallic tubing shall
comply with the latest applicable requirements of the National Electrical
Manufacturers Association. Couplings, connectors, and fittings for electrical metallic
tubing may be of the set screw type.
C. Electrical metallic tubing shall be used for all homeruns.
D. Flexible Steel Conduit shall be used for final connections to motors, or other
movable equipment to facilitate removal and connections.
E. Raceway nun underground outside the buildings may be scheduled 40 PVC with
solvent welded fittings.
2.2 WIREWAYS
A. Wireways shall be made to accommodate conductors as required in accordance
with applicable rules of the National Electrical Code. To be of code gauge steel and
supported as required by Code. Wireways shall be furnished and installed complete
with the necessary complement of fittings, connectors, and accessory parts.
Wireways shall be of the "lay-in" type with standard knockouts and with screw
covers for full channel access. All sheet metal parts shall be coated with a rust
inhibitor and finished in grey baked enamel. All hardware shall be plated to prevent
corrosion.
2.3 CONDUCTORS
A. Conductors shall be 98% conductivity copper, with 600 volt insulation, and shall be
of types indicated below unless otherwise shown on the plans. Aluminum
conductors shall not be used.
B. Conductors#10 AWG and smaller,Type THWN, solid.
C. Conductors#4 AWG through#8 AWG, Type THWN, stranded.
D. Conductors#3 AWG and larger, Type THW, stranded.
Electrical
16100-8
HVAC RENOVATION
. GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.16 GUARANTEE
A. The Electrical Contractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work
in all parts for a period of one (1) year after date of final acceptance, and shall
agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are.found to be
defective during this period.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by
defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment
caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect.
C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance
shall be considered as being defective.
1.17 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4" in diameter or smaller, required
for the installation of electrical apparatus in the building, shall be performed by the
Electrical Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and
at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of
structural supports (ie. beams or joists) is not allowed without written approval by the
Architect. Location for openings, etc. shall be checked by the Plumbing Contractor,
and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other divisions shall be the
responsibility of the Electrical Contractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall make the
corrections at his own expense.
B. All holes larger than 4" in diameter shall be provided by the General Contractor.
C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new
walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for
conduit and equipment where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly
located. The Electrical Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of
hangers.
D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by
the General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen.
E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner.
F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor
slab is to remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the
Electrical Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an
approved manner.
1.18 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Division 1.
Electrical
16100-7
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.14 WORK CONCEALED
A. All piping, duct work, cable, and raceway shall be installed concealed in all areas
except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms.
B. Exposed runs shall be run straight and level, parallel or perpendicular to the lines of
the building.
1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A.. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper
Owner's representative in all details of operation for equipment installed. Supply
qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that
Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance
procedures.
B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and
Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover the words,
"Operation and Maintenance Manual", the name and location of the equipment or
the building, the name of the Contractor, and the Contract number. The manual
shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each Section. The
instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of Drawings folded in.
The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent.
C. The manual shall include the following information:
.1 Description of systems.
2. Description of start up, operation, and shutdown procedures for each item of
equipment.
3. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of
equipment.
4. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and
control of each item of equipment.
5. Panel schedules
6. List of recommended spare parts.
7. Copies of all service contracts.
8. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Contractors as well
as the local representative for each item of equipment.
Electrical
16100-6
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.10 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER
A. The General Contractor will furnish and install temporary light and power as
specified in Division 1.
1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The Electrical Contractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details,
plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents
are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications
and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of
the Contract requirements.
B. The Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or reasonably
implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered
as called for or reasonably implied in both.
C. The Electrical Contractor shall not scale the Drawings.
D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets,
fittings and accessories that may be required. The Electrical Contractor shall
carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and
shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such accessories as may be
required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost.
1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures
to the building site when required, so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid
delaying his work and that of other trades.
1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his
Contract shall be provided by the individual Contractor.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain
120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive
his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets,
etc.
C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be
removed by the individual Contractor.
Electrical
16100-5
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.6 PRODUCTS
A. With the exception of items specifically noted other-wise, all materials used shall be
U.S. made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and
designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended,
and with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment.
Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters
Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their
requirements and be so labeled.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Electrical Contractor shall submit to
the Architect six (6) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, or Shop
Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be
furnished.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance
with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review,
making any and all changes which may be required.
C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Electrical
Contractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the
Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop
Drawings shall remain with the Contractor.
D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which
Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in
accordance with the Specifications, the Electrical Contractor will be required to
remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and
as directed by the Architect.
1.8 PERMITS, FEES, AND INSPECTIONS
A. The Electrical Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his
work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and
charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all
responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they
relate to his part of the work.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his
work.
1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS
A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of
water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in
Division 1.
Electrical
16100-4
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. The Electrical Contractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in
order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information
pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other
trades requiring such information. The Electrical Contractor shall also furnish all
sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the
General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the
Electrical Contractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear
the extra expense involved due to such failure.
E. The arrangement of all piping, duct work, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the
Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this
work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs,
bends, offsets, etc. The Electrical Contractor shall lay out all his work and be
responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the
determining factor for all measurements.
F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting
and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and
cable runs shall be performed by the Electrical Contractor installing such items.
G. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work
and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such
loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work
shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus
shall be protected by suitable means.
H. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials
installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner.
I. Before submitting his bid, the Electrical Contractor shall visit the site with the
Drawings and Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar with all conditions
affecting his work since the Electrical Contractor will be held responsible for any
assumption he may make in regard thereto.
J. The Electrical Contractor shall check the Architectural Plans and Specifications
before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall
be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section
will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements,
except that substitutions will only. be considered for items where the words, "or
equal' appear in product specifications and as approved by the Architect and
Owner.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured
by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the General Requirements.
Electrical
16100-3
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS -
11. Disconnect and remove existing electrical equipment made obsolete by new
construction. All removed equipment shall be the property of the Owner and
delivered to such places as designated by the Owner.
12. Any fixture ballasts found containing PCB's shall be delivered to the Owner,
who will legally dispose of such materials.
13. All existing electrical systems and equipment, which are to remain in
operation, and which interfere with new construction shall be relocated and
reconnected as required.
1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS
A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the
Massachusetts State Building Code, Massachusetts Electrical Code, and local laws,
rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract
Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern.
Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or
regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules
otherwise.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials'
instructions at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The Electrical Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at
a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also
exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious
laying out of his work.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the
Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly
as if the Electrical Contractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent
shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after
construction work begins.
C. The Electrical Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done
to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Contractors' work resulting
from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of
dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the Electrical
Contractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Electrical Contractor that such
liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose
decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in
question.
-014
Electrical
16100-2
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
Section 16100
ELECTRICAL
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and applicable
parts of Division 1, as part of this Section.
B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work
under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section.
C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this
Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under
the Contract.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Fumish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and
reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all electrical work specified
herein and/or indicated on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Revisions to the existing switch gear.
2. Branch Circuit Wiring and Conduit.
3. Feeders.
4. Panelboards.
5. Lighting Fixtures and Lamps.
6. Telephone/Data System
7. Television Distribution System
8. Fire Alarm System.
7. Wiring devices and plates.
8. Power wiring to motors and equipment furnished by other trades or Owner
including final connections to equipment.
9. Arrange for inspections and perform tests.
10. Guarantee and instructions.
Electrical
16100-1
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Application
1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids.
Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where
necessary.
2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation
with sealing compound.
3.14 ALTERNATES
A. See Section 01230 for a general description of the Base and Alternate Bids. Work
of the HVAC Subcontractor is more specifically described below.
B. The Base Bid shall be the lump sum price for all labor and materials necessary for
and reasonably incidental to providing all plumbing work specified and shown on the
Drawings, less the cost of all extra work described in the Alternates.
C. Alternate No. 1 —All work in Laundry Building
If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the Drawings and in the
Specifications as Alternate No. 1 shall be included in addition to the respective
portions of the Work indicated in the Base Bid.
1. The Work of Alternate No. 1 is defined as furnishing and installing all new
fan coil unit, piping, and controls in the Laundry building and classrooms on
the first and second floors.
2. All bidders and trades are responsible for reviewing the drawings,
specifications and details to determine how this alternate affects their
work, and indicating the cost of the alternate on the bid form.
D. Alternate No. 2—Delete chiller and chiller Barrel
If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the Drawings and in the
Specifications as Alternate No. 2 shall be decreased to the respective portions of
the Work indicated in the Base Bid.
1. The Work of Alternate No. 2 is defined as deleting the chiller, chiller barrel
and all refrigerant piping and controls.
2. All bidders and trades are responsible for reviewing the drawings,
specifications and details to determine how this alternate affects their
work, and indicating the cost of the alternate on the bid form.
HVAC 15600-77
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
Contractor after substantial completion is issued and the two (2) remaining sets shall
be delivered to the Owner.
B. Cabinet Unit Motors: This Contractor shall provide one (1)spare fan coil unit motor
for each size installed on the project. Spare motors shall be delivered to the Owner.
C. Fan Belts: This Contractor shall provide one (1) spare fan belt of each size
furnished.
D. Furnish a typewritten certificate confirming the above and stating the Owner
designated location to which the spare parts have been delivered. Delivery of parts
shall be confirmed by the Owner's representative, who shall countersign the
Certificate.
3.13 FIRE SAFING
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete
the work including, but not limited to the following:
1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers.
2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers.
3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural
Drawings.
4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls,
stairway walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage
rooms, kitchen, machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving
rooms.
B. Safing Insulation
1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG
Interiors, Inc. or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum
thickness by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the
Drawings.
2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors.
C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound
as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber
fire safing.
D. Preparation
1. At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetrations for pipes.
HVAC 15600-76
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
The systems shall be checked for vibration and excessive noise and all such
conditions corrected`
B. At the completion of all work, all equipment on the project shall be checked and
thoroughly cleaned including coils, plenums, under equipment and any and all other
areas around or in equipment provided under this Section. Any filters used during
construction shall be replaced with new filters during final clean-up.
C. At the completion of all work, all equipment on the project shall be checked for
painting damage, and any factory finished paint that has been damaged shall be
repaired to match the adjacent areas.
D. Any metal or especially covered areas that have been deformed shall be replaced
with new material and repainted to match the adjacent areas.
3.10 IDENTIFICATION
A. All piping, valves, controls and equipment on the project shall be identified as
specified herein. All marks of identification shall be easily visible from the floor or
usual point of vision.
►, B. All piping shall be identified as to the service of the pipe and the normal direction of
flow. The letters shall be 1" high and the flow arrows shall be at least 6" long. The
letters and flow arrows shall be made by precut stencils and black oil base paint with
aerosol can or snap-on, pre-printed plastic labels. Install identification in each room
and additionally so that markers are not over 50 feet on center.
C. Each valve, except run out valves, but including control valves, shall be tagged with
a brass disc 1-1/2 in diameter. The disc shall contain a number, and a valve list
shall be provided under glass in the Boiler Room showing the location of the valve,
the service and the valve
and any pertinent remarks regarding the operation of the valve. Securely fasten the
discs to the valves with brass"S"hooks or chains.
D. All panel mounted controls and instruments, and all equipment shall be identified by
engraved nameplates mounted just under the control or instrument. The engraved
nameplates shall be engraved on "Lamacoid", or approved equal plastic, which will
be black and show white letters when engraved. Letters shall be 1/2" high.
E. No identification shall be done until all painting required under the Architectural
section of these Specifications has been accomplished.
3.11 SPARE PARTS
A. Filters: Each air handling unit, and cabinet type unit heaters shall be provided with
three (3) extra sets of filters for each unit. One (1) set shall be installed by this
HVAC 15600-75
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. The HVAC Contractor shall not add any water treatment chemicals, or at any time
"stop-leak"compounds to the system.
3.6 WATER AND AIR FLOW BALANCE AND TESTS
A. After completion of the installation of the heating, ventilating, and exhaust systems,
and prior to acceptance by the Owner, all systems and appurtenances applicable to
the above systems shall be adjusted and balanced to deliver the water and air
quantities as specified, indicated on the Drawings, or as directed.
B. Balancing shall be performed by an independent contractor hired directly by the
Owner.
3.7 INSULATION
A. All pipe and duct insulation shall be installed by an independent insulation contractor
regularly engaged in that business.
B. Insulation shall not be omitted on piping in walls nor on branches running through
radiator covers. Longitudinal seams on jackets shall be located so that they are not
visible from the floor. Remove all stickers from covering.
C. Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all joints butted firmly together and
sealed with butt strips. Insulation shall run through all hangers, sleeves, and have
an 18 gauge sheet metal saddle equal to three times the pipe diameter in length. All
pipes over 2" in diameter shall be supported through insulation by fitting a protection
saddle to the thickness of the insulation inside the vapor barrier jacket.
D. All fittings, valves, etc. shall be insulated with the proper factory pre-cut insulation.
The ends of the insulation shall be tucked snugly into the throat of the fitting and the
edge adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and tucked into fully insulated pipe fitting.
The one piece PVC fitting cover shall then be secured by taping the ends of the
adjacent pipe covering.
3.8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its
manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings
or not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by
the HVAC Contractor and be included in his bid.
3.9 SYSTEM TESTS AND CLEAN-UP
A. The entire Heating and Ventilating system shall be tested at completion of the
building, and it shall be established that all controls are calibrated accurately and •.
performing satisfactorily and that all units are heating and ventilating satisfactorily.
HVAC 15600-74
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
the system under test. Make a check to verify that the stress due to pressure at the
bottom of vertical runs does not exceed either 90% of specified minimum yield
strength, or 1.7 times the "SE" value in Appendix A of ASME B31.9, Code for
Pressure Piping, Building Services Piping.
D. After the hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine
piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing,
or replacing components as appropriate, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are
no leaks.
E. After system has been determined to be leak-free, the Engineer shall be notified
and the test shall be repeated in his or his representative's presence.
F. When delicate control mechanisms are installed in the piping system, they shall be
removed during the tests to prevent shock damage. This does not apply to control
valves.
G. Leaks developing subsequent to these tests shall not be repaired by mastic or other
temporary means. All leaks shall be repaired by removal of the valve, fitting,joint, or
section that is leaking and reinstalling new material with joints as specified herein
before.
3.5 CLEANING AND FLUSHING
A. All water circulating systems for the project shall be thoroughly cleaned before
placing in operation to rid the system of dirt, piping compound, mill scale, oil, and
any and all other material foreign to the water being circulated. Clean all strainers.
B. Extreme care shall be exercised during construction to prevent all dirt and other
foreign matter from entering the pipe or other parts of the system. Pipe stored on
the project shall have the open ends capped and equipment shall have all openings
fully protected. Before erection, each piece of pipe, fitting, or valve shall be visually
examined and all dirt removed.
C. After system is complete, the Heating & Ventilating Contractor shall add trisodium
phosphate in an aqueous solution to the system at the proportion of one pound per
fifty gallons of water in the system. After the system is filled with this solution, the
system shall be brought up to temperature and allowed to circulate for two hours.
The system shall then be drained completely and refilled with fresh water. The
Engineer shall be given notice of this cleaning operation and he or his
representative shall be present to observe the cleaning operation, and, if he deems
it necessary, the cleaning operation shall be repeated.
D. After the system has been completely cleaned as specified herein, it shall be tested
by litmus paper or other dependable method and shall be left on the slightly alkaline
side (ph = 7.5 plus or minus). If the system is found to be still on the acid side, the
cleaning by the use of trisodium phosphate shall be repeated.
HVAC 15600-73
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
Reductions in the run of pipe shall be made with eccentric or concentric reducers as
required for draining and venting.
C. All piping shall be run concealed throughout finished spaces either in furred spaces,
shafts, chases, or above hung ceilings.
D. Special care must be taken throughout the equipment rooms, vertical pipe shafts,
above hung ceilings, and elsewhere throughout all floors to maintain maximum
headroom and clearances for access to other equipment and to avoid conflict with
electrical conduits, lighting fixtures, other piping, ducts, and equipment of other
trades.
E. Connections to equipment shall be made with unions or flanges to permit future
replacement, removal and servicing of equipment. Flexible connections where
required to isolate movement of equipment from piping system or of piping system
from equipment, shall be as specified.
F. Before any part of the various piping systems is placed in operation, blow out piping
with compressed air and/or water to remove all chips and scale and flush and drain
until all
traces of dirt, scale and other foreign matter have disappeared. Refer to other
sections for additional requirements.
G. Vent all high points and drain all low points throughout the system.
H. Connections and tie-ins to existing piping systems shall be coordinated with the
Owner. The HVAC Contractor is responsible for draining, flushing, re-filling (adding
glycol if required) and air removal of the existing system. System shall be fully
restored and operational.
3.4 PIPING SYSTEM TESTS
A. All piping installed on the project, unless specifically shown otherwise, shall be
hydraulically tested as specified herein. The HVAC Contractor shall provide all
equipment required to make the tests specified herein. Piping may be tested a
section at a time in order to facilitate the construction.
B. The HVAC Contractor shall fill the section of pipe to be tested with water and bring
the section up to pressure with a test pump. These tests shall be conducted before
any insulation is installed and any insulation installed prior to these tests shall be
removed. Gauges used in the tests shall have been recently calibrated with a dead
weight tester.
C. Subject piping system to a hydrostatic test pressure which at every point in the
system is not less than 1.5 times the design pressure. The test pressure shall not
exceed the maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in
HVAC 15600-72
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3- INSTALLATION
3.1 CLEANING AIR SYSTEM
A. No air handling units shall be run for temporary heating, ventilating, testing, or
otherwise without filters in place and permission from the Owner.
B. Upon completion of construction and before testing, the interior of all air handling
units and plenums shall be vacuum cleaned to remove all construction dirt, dust, etc.
before the units are turned on, and clean filters shall be installed.
3.2 CUTTING, PATCHING AND DRILLING
A. Drilling of all holes 2" diameter and smaller required for the installation of heating
and ventilating piping and equipment shall be performed by the HVAC Contractor.
Cutting and patching shall be performed by the General Contractor in accordance
with the General Conditions. All work and materials shall be installed in such a
manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Location for
chases, openings, etc. shall be checked by the HVAC Contractor, and error due to
failure to co-ordinate work with other Divisions shall be the responsibility of the
HVAC Contractor, who shall make the corrections as his own expense.
B. Work shall include furnishing and locating inserts required before the floors and
walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for
pipes where sleeves and inserts were not installed, or where incorrectly located.
The HVAC Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers.
Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment shall be performed by
the General Contractor.
C. As the work nears completion, all pipe cutting and threading, etc. shall be done in a
location approved by the Engineer.
D. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor
slab is to remain as finished or be painted later. Should use of such an area be
necessary, the HVAC Contractor shall cover the working area with canvas tarpaulins
in an approved manner.
3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. All piping shall be run true and straight at proper pitch without strain and shall be
firmly supported throughout. Provision for expansion and contraction shall be made
with offsets or expansion loops. All pipe shall be cut off clean and threaded with
sharp dies, reamed and burrs removed.
_ B. Where screwed fittings are used, bushings shall not be used from branch
connections or reducers. Connections to equipment shall be full size of tappings.
HVAC 15600-71
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Ductwork:
a. Rectangular, square or oval ducts less than 6 sq. ft. in cross
sectional area.
b. Round duct less than 28 in. in diameter.
C. Duct supported by hanger rods where the point of attachment is
less than 12 in. in length from the structure to the structural
connection of the duct work.
R. Suspended Equipment:
1. VAV boxes and fan powered equipment weighing less than 50 lbs. and
rigidly connected to the supply side of the duct system and supported
with a minimum if 4 hanger rods.
S. Schedules:
Vibration Isolation and / or
Seismic Restraint
Equipment Schedule Specification Static
Deflection
Air Handling Unit 1, 4, 19 Internal
Isolation
Fan Coil Units 10, 12, 19 .75 in.
In-Line Fans 10, 12, 19 1 in.
Unit Heaters 10, 12, 19 .75 in.
Cabinet Heaters 4 & 18
Pumps— Base Mounted 1, 4, 18, 23
Pumps— In-Line 23
Boiler 4 & 19
Condensing Units 6 1 in.
Chiller 6 & 23 1 in.
Suspending Unit Ventilators 10 & 12
HVAC 15600-70
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Transverse:restraints shall occur at 30' intervals or at both ends of the
duct run if less than the specified interval. Transverse restraints shall be
installed at each duct turn and at each end of a duct run.
3. Longitudinal restraints shall occur at 60' intervals with at least one
restraint per duct run. Transverse restraints for one duct section
connected perpendicular to it if the restraints are installed within 4' of the
intersection of the ducts and if the restraints are sized for the larger duct.
Duct joints shall conform to SMACNA duct construction standards.
4. The ductwork must be reinforced at the restraint locations.
Reinforcement shall consist of an additional angle on top of the ductwork
that is attached to the support hanger rods. Ductwork is to be attached
to both upper angle and lower trapeze.
5. A group of ducts may be combined in a larger frame so that the
combined weights and dimensions of the ducts are less than or equal to
the maximum weight and dimensions of the duct for which bracing
details are selected.
6. Walls, including gypsum board non bearing partitions, which have ducts
running through them may replace a typical transverse brace. Provide
channel framing around ducts and solid blocking between the duct and
frame.
P. All mechanical equipment shall be vibration isolated and seismically restrained
as per the schedules in paragraph S of this Specification.
Q. Seismic Restraint Exclusions:
1. Piping:
a. All piping less than 2-1/2 in. in diameter except those listed
below.
b. All gas piping and medical gas piping less than 1 in. I.D.
C. All piping in mechanical equipment rooms less than 1-1/4 in. I.D.
d. All clevis or trapeze supported piping suspended from hanger
rods where the point of attachment is less than the 12 in. in
length from the structure to the structural connection of the clevis
or trapeze.
e. All PVC and fiberglass suspended waste or vent pipe 6 in. in
diameter and smaller.
HVAC 15600-69
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
they have a capacity equal to or greater than the restraint loads
in addition to the loads induced by expansion or contraction.
5. For fuel oil and all gas piping transverse restraints must be at 20
ft. maximum and longitudinal restraints at 40 ft. maximum
spacing.
6. Transverse restraint for one (1) pipe section may also act as a
longitudinal restraint for a pipe section of the same size
connected perpendicular to it if the restraint is installed within
allowable limits at longer distances.
7. Hold down clamps must be used to attach pipe to all trapeze
members before applying restraints in a manner similar to clevis
supports.
8. Branch lines may not be used to restrain main lines.
9. Cast-iron pipe of all types, glass pipe and any other pipes joined
with a four band shield and clamp assembly in Zones 2B, 3 and 4
shall be braced as in sections 3.02.C.2 and 3. For Zones 0, 1
and 2A, 2 band clamps may be used with reduced spacings of
1/2 of those listed in sections 3.02.C2 and 3.
N. Vibration Isolation of Ductwork:
1. All discharge nuns for a distance of 50' from the connected equipment
shall be isolated from the building structure by means of Specification 10
hangers or Specification 5 floor isolators. Spring deflection shall be a
minimum 0.75 in.
2. All duct runs having air velocity of 1000 fpm or more shall be isolated
from the building structure by Specification 11 hangers or 5 floor
supports. Spring deflection shall be a minimum of 0.75 in.
O. Seismic Restraint of Ductwork:
1. Seismically restrain all duct work with Specification 12 or 13 restraints as
listed below:
a. Restrain rectangular ducts with cross sectional area of 6 sq. ft.
or larger.
b. Restrain round ducts with diameters of 28 in. or larger.
C. Restrain flat oval ducts the same way as rectangular ducts of the ,,,%�
same nominal size.
HVAC 15600-68
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
spaces the first three hangers shall have 0.75 in. deflection for
pipe.�sizes up to and including 3 in., 1-1/2 in. deflection for pipe
sizes up to and including 6 in., and 2-1/2 in. deflection thereafter.
Hangers shall be located as close to the overhead structure as
practical. Where piping connects to mechanical equipment install
Specification 23 flexible piping connection or Specification 24
stainless steel hoses is 23 is not suitable for the service.
2. Riser Isolation: Risers shall be suspended from Specification 10
hangers or supported by Specification 5 mountings, anchored
with Specification 25 anchors, and guided with Specification 26
sliding guides. Steel springs shall be a minimum of 0.75 in.
except in those expansion locations where additional deflection is
required to limit load changes to 6 25% of the initial load.
Submittals must include riser diagrams and calculations showing
anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point,
initial and final changes and seismic loads. Submittal data shall
include certification that the riser system has been examined for
excessive stresses and that none will exist in the proposed
design.
M. Seismic Restraint of Piping:
1. Seismically restrain all piping listed as a, b or c below. Use
Specification 12 cables if isolated. Specification 12 or 13
restraints may be used on unisolated piping.
a. Fuel oil piping, gas piping, medical gas piping, and
compressed air piping that is 1 in. I.D. or larger.
b. Piping located in Mechanical Rooms, mechanical
equipment (fan) rooms, and refrigeration equipment
rooms that is 1-1/4 in. I.D. and larger.
C. All other piping 2-1/2 in. diameter and larger.
2. Transverse piping restraints shall be at 40' maximum spacing for
all pipe sizes, except where lesser spacing is required to limit
anchorage loads.
3. Longitudinal restraints shall be at 80' maximum spacing for all
pipe sizes, except where lesser spacing is required to limit
anchorage loads.
4. Where thermal expansion is a consideration, guides and anchors
may be used as transverse and longitudinal restraints provided
HVAC 15600-67
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
12. At locations where Specification 12 or 13 restraints are located,
the support rods must be braced when necessary to accept
compressive loads with Specification 14 braces.
13. At all locations where Specification 12 or 13 restraints are
located, the support rods must be braced when necessary to
accept compressive loads with Specification 14 braces.
14. Drill-in concrete anchors for ceiling and wall installation shall be
Specification type 18, and Specification type 19 female wedge
type for floor mounted equipment.
15. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish integral structural
steel bases as required. Independent steel rails are not permitted
on this project.
16. Hand built elastomeric expansion joints may be used when pipe
sizes exceed 24 in. or specified movements exceed Specification
23 capabilities.
17. Where piping passes through,walls, floors or ceilings the vibration
isolation manufacturer shall provide Specification 27 wall seals.
18. Air handling equipment and centrifugal fans shall be protected
against excessive displacement which results from high air
throughst in relation to the equipment weight. Horizontal
throughst restraint shall be Specification type 28 (see selection
guide).
19. Locate isolation hangers as near to the overhead support
structure as possible.
L. Vibration Isolation of Piping:
1. Horizontal Pipe Isolation: The first three (3) pipe hangers in the
main lines near the mechanical equipment shall be as described
in Specification 11. Specification 11 hangers must also be used
in all transverse braced isolated locations. Brace hanger rods
with SRC clamps Specification 14. Horizontal runs in all other
locations throughout the building shall be isolated by hangers as
described in Specification 10. Floor supported piping shall rest
on isolators as described in Specification 6. Heat exchangers
and expansion tanks are considered part of the piping run. The
first three (3) isolators from the isolated equipment will have the
same static deflection as specified for the mountings under the
connected equipment. If piping is connected to equipment
located in basements and hangs from ceilings under occupied
HVAC 15600-66
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. The Contractor shall not install any equipment, piping, duct or
conduit which makes rigid connections with the building unless
isolation is not specified. "Building" includes, but is not limited to,
slabs, beams, columns, studs and walls.
5. Coordinate work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the
building.
6. Any conflicts with other trades which will result in rigid contact
with equipment or piping due to inadequate space or other
unforeseen conditions should be brought to the
architects/engineers attention prior to installation. Corrective
work necessitated by conflicts after installation shall be at the
responsible Contractor's expense.
7. Bring to the architects/engineers attention any discrepancies
between the Specifications and the field conditions or changes
required due to specific equipment selection, prior to installation.
Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies after installation
shall be at the responsible Contractor's expense.
8. Correct, at no additional cost, all installations which are deemed
defective in workmanship and materials at the Contractor's
expense.
9. Overstressing of the building structure must not occur because of
overhead support of equipment. Contractor must submit loads to
the structural engineer of record for approval. Generally bracing
may occur from:
a. Flanges of structural beams.
b. Upper truss cords in bar joist construction.
C. Cast in place inserts or wedge type drill-in concrete
anchors.
10. Specification 12 cable restraints shall be installed slightly stack to
avoid short circuiting the isolated suspended equipment, piping or
conduit.
11. Specification 12 cable assemblies are installed taut on non-
isolated systems. Specification 13 seismic solid braces may be
OFK used in place of cables on rigidly attached systems only.
HVAC 15600-65
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS '"*4
26. Pipe guides shall consist of a telescopic arrangement of two
sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum 1/2 in. thickness of
60 durometer neoprene. The height if the guides shall be preset
with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion or
contraction. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to
allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of
6 1-5/8 in. motion, or to meet location requirements. Pipe guides
shall be Type VSG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
27. Split Wall Seals consists of two bolted pipe halves with minimum
3/4 in. thick neoprene sponge bonded to the inner faces. The
seal shall be tightened around the pipe to eliminate clearance
between the inner sponge face and the piping. Concrete may be
packed around the seal to make it integral with the floor, wall or
ceiling if the seal is not already in place around the pipe prior to
the construction of the building member. Seals shall project a
minimum of 1 in. past either face of the wall. Where
temperatures exceed 240 dig. F., 10 lb. density fiberglass may
be used in lieu of the sponge. Seals shall be Type SWS as
manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
28. The horizontal throughst restraint shall consist of a spring
element in series with a neoprene molded cup as described in
Specification 5 with the same deflection as specified for the
mountings or hangers. The spring element shall be designed so
it can be preset for throughst at the factory and adjusted in the
field to allow for a maximum of 1/4 in. movement at start and
stop. The assembly shall be furnished with one (1) rod and angle
brackets for attachment to both the equipment and the duct work
or the equipment and structure. Horizontal restraints shall be
attached at the centerline of throughst and symmetrical on either
side of the unit. Horizontal throughst restraints shall be Type
WBI/WBD as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
K. Execution - General:
1. All vibration isolators and seismic restraint systems must be
installed in strict accordance with the manufacturers written
instruction and all certified submittal data.
2. Installation of vibration isolators and seismic restraints must not
cause any change of position of equipment, piping or duct work
resulting in stresses or misalignment.
3. No rigid connections between equipment and the building
structure shall be made that degrades the noise and vibration
control system herein specified.
HVAC 15600-64
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
Pipe connectors shall be installed in piping gaps equal to the
length of the expansion joints under pressure. Control rods need
only be used in unanchored piping locations where the
manufacturer determines the installation exceeds the pressure
requirement without control rods, as control rods are not
desirable in seismic work. If control rods are used, they must
have 1/2 in. thick Neoprene washer bushings large enough in
area to take the throughst at 1000 psi maximum on the washer
area. Expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of
the shut off valves.
Submittals shall include two (2) test reports by independent
consultants showing minimum reductions of 20 DB in vibration
accelerations and 10 DB in sound pressure levels at typical blade
passage frequencies on this or a similar product by the same
manufacturer. All expansion joints shall be installed on the
equipment side of the shut off valves. Expansion joints shall be
SAFEFLEX SFDEJ, SFEJ, SFDCR or SFU and Control Rods CR
as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
24. Flexible stainless steel hose shall have stainless steel braid and
carbon steel fittings. Sizes 3 in. and larger shall be flanged.
Smaller sizes shall have male nipples. Minimum lengths shall be
as tabulated:
Flanged Male Nipples
3x14 10x26 1/2x9 1-1/2x13
4x15 12x28 3/4x10 2x14
5x19 14x30 1 x 11 2-1/2x 18
6x20 16x32 1/4x12
Hoses shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut-off
valves horizontally and parallel to the equipment shafts wherever
possible. Hoses shall be Type BSS as manufactured by Mason
Industries, Inc.
25. All-directional acoustical pipe anchor, consisting of two sizes of
steel tubing separated by a minimum 1/2 in. thick 60 durometer
neoprene. Vertical restraint shall be provided by similar material
arranged to prevent vertical travel in either direction. Allowable
loads on the isolation material should not exceed 500 psi and the
design shall be balanced for equal resistance in any direction.
All-directional anchors shall be Type ADA as manufactured by
Mason Industries, Inc.
HVAC 15600-63
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
concrete is being poured. Height saving brackets shall be
employed in all mounting locations to maintain a 1 in. clearance
below the base. Wooden formed bases leaving a concrete rather
than a steel finish are not acceptable. Base shall be Type BMK o
K as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
22. Curb mounted rooftop equipment shall be mounted on spring
isolation curbs. The lower member shall consist of a sheet metal
Z section containing adjustable and removable steel springs that
support the upper floating section. The upper frame must provide
continuous support for the equipment and must be captive so as
to resiliently resist wind and seismic forces. All directional
neoprene snubber bushings shall be a minimum of 1/4 in. thick.
Steel springs shall be laterally stable and rest on 1/4 in. thick
neoprene acoustical pads. Hardware must be plated and the
springs provided with a rust resistant finish. The curbs
waterproofing shall consist of a continuous galvanized flexible
counter flashing nailed over the lower curbs waterproofing and
joined at the comers by EPDM bellows. All spring locations shall
have access ports with removable waterproof covers. Lower
curbs shall have provision for 2 in. of insulation. The roof curbs
shall be built to seismically contain the rooftop unit. The unit
must be solidly fastened to the top floating rail, and the lower Z
section anchored to the roof structure. Curb shall have
anchorage pre-approval "R" from OSHPD in the State of
California attesting to the maximum certified horizontal and
vertical load ratings. Curb shall be Type RSC as manufactured
by Mason Industries, Inc.
23. Flexible spherical piping connectors shall employ peroxide cured
EPDM in the covers, liners and Dacron tire cord frictioning. Solid
steel rings shall be used within the raised face rubber ends to
prevent pullout. Flexible cable bead wire is not acceptable.
Sizes 2 in. and larger shall have two spheres reinforced with a
ring between spheres to maintain shape and complete with split
ductile iron or steel flanges with hooked or similar interlocks.
Sizes 16 in. to 24 in. may be single sphere. Sizes 3/4 in. to 1-1/2
in. may have threaded bolted flange assemblies, one sphere and
cable retention. 14 in. and smaller connectors shall be rated at
250 psi up to 1908 F with a uniform drop in allowable pressure to
190 psi at 2508 F. 16 in. and larger connectors are rated 180 psi
at 1908 F and 135 psi at 2508 F. Safety factors to burst and
flange pullout shall be a minimum of 3/1. All joints must have
permanent markings verifying a 5 minute factory test at twice the
rated pressure. Concentric reducers to the above Specifications
may be substituted for equal ended expansion joints.
HVAC 15600-62
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
17. All directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel
members restrained by shock absorbent rubber materials
compounded to bridge bearing Specifications. Elastomeric
materials shall be replaceable and a minimum of 3/4 in. thick.
Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi. Snubbers shall be
manufactured with air gap between hard and resilient material of
nor less than 1/8 in. nor more than 1/4 in. Snubbers shall be
installed with factory set clearances. The capacity of the seismic
snubber at 3/8 in. deflection shall be equal or greater than the
load assigned to the mounting grouping controlled by the snubber
multiplied by the applicable "G" force. Submittals shall include
the load deflection in the x, y and z planes. Snubbers shall have
an anchorage pre-approval "R"Number from OSHPD in the State
of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and
vertical load ratings. Snubbers shall be series Z-1011 as
manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
18. Stud wedge anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter
wire, not from undersized wire that is "rolled up" to create the
thread. The stud anchor shall also have a safety shoulder which
fully supports the wedge ring under load. The stud anchors shall
have an evaluation report number from the I.C.B.O. Evaluation
Service, Inc. verifying its allowable loads. Drill-in stud edge
anchors shall be Type SAS as manufactured by Mason
Industries, Inc.
19. Female wedge anchors are preferred in floor locations so
isolators or equipment can be slid into place after the anchors are
installed. Anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire,
and shall have a safety shoulder to fully support the wedge ring
under load. Female wedge anchors shall have an evaluation
report number from I.C.B.O. Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying to
its allowable loads. Drill-in female wedge anchors shall be Type
SAB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
20. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish rectangular steel
concrete pouring forms for floating and inertia foundations.
Bases for split case pumps shall be large enough to provide for
suction and discharge of elbows, bases shall be a minimum of
1/12 of the longest dimension of the base but not less than 6in.
The base depth need not exceed 12 in. unless specifically
recommended by the base manufacturer for mass or rigidity.
Forms shall include minimum concrete reinforcing consisting of
1/2 in. bars welded in place on 6 in. centers running both ways in
a layer 1-1/2 in. above the bottom. Forms shall be furnished with
steel templates to hold the anchor bolt sleeves and anchors while
HVAC 15600-61
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
across sharp edges. Cable assemblies shall have an Anchorage
Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California
verifying the maximum certified load ratings. Cable assemblies
shall be Type SCB at the ceiling and at the clevis bolt, SCBH
between the hanger rod nut and the clevis or SCBV if clamped to
a beam all as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
13. Seismic solid braces shall consist of steel angles or channels to
resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of 2 and
arranged to provide all directional restraint. Seismic solid brace
end connectors shall be steel assemblies that swivel to the final
installation angle and utilize two through bolts to provide proper
attachment. Seismic solid brace assembly shall have anchorage
pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California
verifying the maximum certified load ratings. Solid seismic brace
assemblies shall be Type SSB as manufactured by Mason
Industries, Inc.
14. Steel angles, sized to pre-vent buckling, shall be clamped to pipe
or equipment rods utilizing a minimum of three ductile iron clamps
at each restraint location when required. Welding of support rods
is not acceptable. Rod clamp assemblies shall have an
Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of
California. Rod clamp assemblies shall be Type SRC as
manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
15. Pipe clevis cross bolt braces are required in all restraint locations.
They shall be special purpose performed channels deep enough
to be held in place by bolts passing over the cross bolt. Clevis
cross braces shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R"Number
from OSHPD in the State of California. Clevis cross brace shall
be Type CCB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
16. All-directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel
members restrained by a one-piece molded neoprene bushing of
bridge bearing neoprene. Bushing shall be replaceable and a
minimum of 1/4 in. thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000
psi. A minimum air gap of 1/8 in. shall be incorporated in the
snubber design in all directions before contact is made between
the rigid and resilient surfaces. Snubber end caps shall be
removable t allow inspection of internal clearances. Neoprene
bushings shall be rotated to insure no short circuits exist before
systems are activated. Snubbers shall have an Anchorage Pre-
approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California
verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load
ratings. Snubber shall be Type Z-1225 as manufactured by
Mason Industries, Inc.
HVAC 15600-60
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
tests performed by an independent lab or acoustician. Air
Springs shall be Type MT and leveling valves Type LV as
manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
9. Restrained air spring mountings shall have a MT air spring as
described in Specification 8, within a rigid housing that includes
vertical limit stops to prevent air spring extension when weight is
removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A
steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment. Installed and
operating heights are equal. A minimum clearance of 1.2 in. shall
be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing
and the air spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact
during normal operation. Housing shall be designed to resist all
seismic forces. Mountings shall be SLR-MT as manufactured by
Mason Industries, Inc.
10. Hangers shall consist of rigid steel frames containing minimum 1-
1/4 in. thick neoprene elements at the top and a steel spring with
general characteristics as in Specification 5 seated in a steel
washer reinforced neoprene cup on the bottom. The neoprene
element and the cup shall have neoprene bushings projecting
OOMA through the steel box. To maintain stability the boxes shall not be
articulated as clevis hangers or the neoprene element stacked on
top of the spring. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole
sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing
through a 308 arc from side to side before contacting the rod
bushing and short circuiting the spring. Submittals shall include a
hanger Drawing showing the 308 capability. Hangers shall be
Type 30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
11. Hangers shall be as described in 10, but they shall be pre-
compressed and locked at the rated deflection by means of a
resilient seismic upstop to keep the piping or equipment at a fixed
elevation during installation. The hangers shall be designed with
a release mechanism to free the spring after the installation is
complete and the hanger is subjected to its full load. Deflection
shall be clearly indicated by means of a scale. Submittals shall
include a Drawing of the hanger showing the 30 degree
capability. Hangers shall be Type PC30N as manufactured by
Mason Industries, Inc.
12. Seismic Cable Restraints shall consist of galvanized steel aircraft
cables sized to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor
of two (2) and arranged to provide all-directional restraint. Cable
end connections shall be steel assemblies that swivel to final
installation angle and utilize two (2) clamping bolts to provide
proper cable engagement. Cables must not be allowed to bend
HVAC 15600-59
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
5. Spring isolators shall be free standing, laterally stable without any
housing, and complete with a molded neoprene cup or 1/4 in.
neoprene acoustical friction pad between the baseplate and the
support. All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be
rigidly bolted to the equipment. Spring diameters shall be no less
than 0.8 if the compressed height of the spring at rated load.
Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to
50% of the rated deflection. Submittals shall include spring
diameters, deflection, compressed spring height and solid spring
height. Mountings shall be Type SLF as manufactured by Mason
Industries, Inc.
6. Restrained spring mountings shall have an SLF mounting as
described in Specification 5, within a rigid housing that includes
vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension when weight is
removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A
steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment. Installed and
operating heights are equal. A minimum clearance of 1/2 in. shall
be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing
and the spring so as not to interfere with the spring action. Limit
stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Since
housings will be bolted or welded in position there must be an
internal isolation pad. Housing shall be designed to resist all
seismic forces. Mountings shall have Anchorage Pre-approval
"R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California certifying the
maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Mountings
shall be SLR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
7. Spring mountings as in Specification 5 built into a ductile iron or
steel housing to provide all directional seismic snubbing. The
snubber shall be adjustable vertically and allow a maximum if 1/4
in. travel in all directions before contacting the resilient snubbing
collars. Mountings shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R"
Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the
maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Mountings
shall be SSLFH as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
8. Air Springs shall be manufactured with upper and lower steel
sections connected by a replaceable flexible nylon reinforced
neoprene element. Air spring configuration shall be multiple
bellows to achieve a maximum natural frequency of 3 Hz. Air
Springs shall be designed for a burst pressure that is a minimum
of three times the published maximum operating pressure. All air
spring systems shall be connected to either the building control
air or a supplementary air supply and equipped with three (3)
leveling valves to maintain leveling within plus or minus 1/8in.
Submittals shall include natural frequency, load, and damping
HVAC 15600-58
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
approval of the specifying engineer. Submittals and certification
sheets shall be in accordance with Section D.
2. For the purposes of this project, failure is defined as the
discontinuance of any attachment point between equipment or
structure, vertical permanent deformation greater than 1/8 in.
and/or horizontal permanent deformation greater than 1/4 in.
J. Product Description: Vibration Isolators and Seismic Restraints:
1. Two (2) layers of 3/4 in. thick neoprene pad consisting of 2 in.
square waffle modules separated horizontally by a 16 gauge
galvanized shim. Load distribution plates shall be used as
required. Pads shall be Type Super "W' as manufactured by
Mason Industries, Inc.
2. Bridge-bearing neoprene mountings shall have a minimum static
deflection of 0.2 in. and all directional seismic capability. The
mount shall consist of a ductile iron casting containing two
separated and opposing molded neoprene elements. The
elements shall prevent the central threaded sleeve and
attachment bolt from contacting the casting during normal
operation. The shock absorbing neoprene materials shall be
compounded to bridge-bearing Specifications. Mountings shall
have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the
State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and
vertical load ratings. Mountings shall be Type BR as
manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
3. Sheet metal panels shall be bolted to the walls or supporting
structure by assemblies consisting of a neoprene bushing
cushioned between 2 steel sleeves. The outer sleeve prevents
the sheet metal from cutting into the neoprene. Enlarge panel
holes as required. Neoprene elements pass over the bushing to
cushion the back panel horizontally. A steel disc covers the
inside neoprene element and the inner steel sleeve is elongated
to act as a stop so tightening the anchor bolts does not interfere
with panel isolation in three (3) planes. Bushing assemblies can
be applied to the ends of steel cross members where applicable.
All assemblies shall be Type PB as manufactured by Mason
Industries, Inc.
4. A one piece molded bridge bearing neoprene washer/bushing.
The bushing shall surround the anchor bolt and have a flat face
to avoid metal to metal contact. Neoprene bushings shall be
Type HG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
HVAC 15600-57
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ,
housekeeping pads shall be sized to accommodate the
ACI requirements for bolt coverage and embedment.
2. Supplementary Support Steel:
a. Contractor shall supply supplementary support steel for all
equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. including roof mounted
equipment, as required or specified.
3. Attachments:
a. Contractor shall supply restraint attachment plates cast
into housekeeping pads, concrete inserts, double-sided
beam clamps, etc. in accordance with the requirements of
the vibration vendor's calculations.
H. Seismic Force Levels
1. The following force levels will be used on this project.
Minimum "G" Forces Equal to or Exceeding Building Code Listed in E.
Building "G" Force "G" Force "G" Force "G" Force For
Code for all pipes, Duct& for Rigidity for Flexibility Life Safety
Conduit Mounted Mounted Equipment Either
Equipment Equipment Rigidity or
Flexibility Mounted
Zone Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert.
UBC
BOCA .25 .08 0.4 0.15 0.1 0.15 0.6 0.2
SBCCI
I. Product Intent:
1. All vibration isolators and seismic restraints described in this
section shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Mason
Industry's products are the basis of these Specifications;
products of other manufacturers are acceptable provided their
systems strictly comply with the Specifications and have the .4010+
HVAC 15600-56
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
gravity. Overturning moments may exceed forces
at ground level.
E. Code and Standards Requirements:
1. Typical Applicable Codes and Standards - most recent or
enforced code:
a. Massachusetts State Building Code.
b. BOCA National Mechanical Code.
C. NFPA 90A.
F. Manufacturer's Responsibility:
1. Manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic control equipment
shall have the following responsibilities:
a. Determine vibration isolation and seismic restraint sizes
and locations.
b. Provide vibration isolation and seismic restraints as
scheduled or specified.
C. Provide calculations and materials if required for restraint
of un-isolated equipment.
d. Provide installation instructions, drawings, and trained
field supervision to insure proper installation and
performance.
G. Related Work:
1. Housekeeping Pads:
a. Housekeeping pad reinforcement and monolithic pad
attachment to the structure details and design shall be
prepares by the restraint vendor if not already indicated
on the Drawings.
b. Housekeeping pads shall be coordinated with restraint
vendor and sized to provide a minimum edge distance of
ten (10) bolt diameters all around the outermost anchor
bolt to allow development of full drill-in wedge anchor
ratings. If cast-in anchors are to be used, the
HVAC 15600-55
MW
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
(3) Where walls, floors, slabs or supplementary steel
work are used for seismic restraint locations,
details of acceptable attachment methods for
ducts, conduit and pipe must be included and
approved before the condition is accepted for
installation. Restraint manufacturer's submittals
must include spacing, static loads and seismic
loads at all attachment and support points.
(4) Provide specific details of seismic restraints and
anchors; include number, size, and locations for
each piece of equipment.
C. Seismic Certification and Analysis:
(1) Seismic restraint calculations must be provided for
all connections of equipment to the structure.
Calculations must be stamped by a registered
professional engineer with at least five years of
seismic design experience, licensed in the state of
the job location.
(2) All restraining devices shall have a pre-approval
number from California OSHPD or some other
recognized government agency showing maximum
restraint ratings. Pre-approvals based on
independent testing are preferred to approvals
based on calculations. Where pre-approved
devices are not available, submittals based on
independent testing are preferred. Calculations
(including the combining of tensile and shear
loadings) to support seismic restraint designs must
be stamped by a registered professional engineer
with at least five years of seismic design
experience and licensed in the state of the job
location. Testing and calculations must include
both shear and tensile loads as well as one test or
analysis at 458 to the weakest mode.
(3) Analysis must indicate calculated dead loads,
static seismic loads, and capacity of materials
utilized for connections to equipment and
structure. Analysis must detail anchoring methods,
bolt diameter, embedment, and/or welded length.
All seismic restraint devices shall be designed to
accept, without failure, the forces detailed in
Section H acting through the equipment center of
HVAC 15600-54
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Positive Attachment:
a. A positive attachment is defined as a cast-in anchor, a
drill-in wedge anchor, a double-sided beam clamp loaded
perpendicular to a beam, or a welded or bolted connection
to structure. Single sided "C" type beam clamps for
support rods of overhead piping, ductwork, or any other
equipment are not acceptable on this project as seismic
anchor points.
3. Transverse Bracing:
a. Restraint(s) applied to limit motion perpendicular to the
centerline of the pipe, duct, or conduit.
4. Longitudinal Bracing:
a. Restraint(s) applied to limit motion parallel to the
centerline of the pipe, duct, or conduit.
D. Manufacturer's Data:
1. The manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic restraints
shall provide submittals for products as follows:
a. Descriptive Data:
(1) Catalog cuts or data sheets on vibration isolators
and specific restraints detailing compliance with
the Specification.
(2) Detailed schedules of flexible and rigidly mounted
equipment, showing vibration isolators and seismic
restraints by referencing numbered descriptive
Drawings.
b. Shop Drawings:
(1) Submit fabrication details for equipment bases
including dimensions, structural member sizes and
support point locations.
(2) Provide all details of suspension and support for
ceiling hung equipment.
HVAC 15600-53
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. Seismic restraints for isolated equipment.
5. Seismic restraints for non-isolated equipment.
6. Certification of seismic restraint designs and installation
supervision.
7. Certification of seismic attachment of housekeeping pads.
8. All mechanical systems: Equipment buried underground is
excluded but entry of services through the foundation wall is
included. Equipment referred to below is typical. (Equipment not
listed is still included in this Specification).
AC Units Condensing Units
Air Distrib. Boxes Ductwork
Air Handling Units Unit Heaters
Air Separators Fans (all types)
Boilers Heat Exchangers
Cabinet Heaters Piping
Chillers Pumps (all types)
Compressors Rooftop Units
Comp. Room Units Tanks (all types)
gawk
Condensers
C. Definitions:
1. Life Safety Systems
a. All systems involved with fire protection including sprinkler
piping, fire pumps, jockey pumps, fire pump control
panels, service water supply piping, water tanks, fire
dampers and smoke systems.
b. All systems involved with and/or connected to emergency
power supply including all generators, transfer switches,
transformers, and all flowpaths to fire protection and/or
emergency lighting systems.
C. All medical and life support systems.
d. Fresh air relief systems on emergency control sequence
including air handlers, conduit, duct, dampers, etc.
e. All life safety equipment has an asterisk on the equipment
schedule.
HVAC 15600-52
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.30 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL
A. Intent:
1. All mechanical equipment, piping and ductwork as noted on the
equipment schedule or in the Specification shall be mounted on
vibration isolators and with flexible connections to prevent the
transmission of vibration and mechanically transmitted sound to
the building structure. Vibration isolators shall be selected in
accordance with the weight distribution so as to produce
reasonably uniform deflections.
2. All isolators and isolation materials shall be of the same
manufacturer and shall be certified by the manufacturer.
3. It is the intent of the seismic portion of Specification to keep all
mechanical building system components in place during a
seismic event.
4. All such systems must be installed in strict accordance with
seismic codes, component manufacturer's, and building
construction standards. Whenever a conflict occurs between the
manufacturers or construction standards, the most stringent shall
apply.
5. This Specification is considered to be minimum requirements for
seismic consideration and is not intended as a substitute for
legislated, more stringent, national, state or local construction
requirements (i.e. California Title 24, California OSHPD,
Canadian Building Codes, or other requirements).
6. The Contractor shall correct any variance or non-compliance with
these Specification requirements in an approved manner.
7. Seismic restraints shall be designed in accordance with seismic
force levels as detailed in Section H.
B. The work in this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1. Vibration isolation for piping, ductwork and equipment.
2. Equipment isolation bases.
3. Flexible piping connections.
HVAC 15600-51
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
be provided through sealed and easily removable access panel (s). Flat plate heat
exchanger shall be easily removable from the unit.
C. The flat plate heat exchanger shall be aluminum flat plate heat exchanger designed
to meet NFPA 90A requirements for smoke development and flame spread. Energy
recovery effectiveness values shall be tested in accordance with ASHRE 84 and
ARI Standard 1060. Unit shall be capable of providing a constant volume of air at
specified external static pressure at all fan-operating speeds. Fan ratings shall be
based on tests made in accordance with AMCA Standard 210 and must be selected
to operate on a stable efficient part of the fan curve when delivering air quantities
scheduled against static of the system. Fan blades shall be statically and
dynamically balanced and tested prior to shipment. Fan shall be provided with
internal vibration isolation mounts and the discharge shall be as noted on the plans.
Fans shall have sealed ball bearings with L10 life expectancy for belt drive units.
D. Motors shall be continuous duty, fully enclosed permanently lubricated, and
matched to the fan loads. Motors shall meet new EPAC regulations for efficiency
and shall have inverter spike resistance wire for protection. Motor selection must
include a 15% service factor. Unit shall have single point power connection. All
controls shall be factory mounted and wired, requiring only field installation of
remote sensing devices and wiring to unit mounted terminal strips. Unit shall come
equipped with standard size medium efficiency filtration (30% DSE).
E. The unit shall be provided with a factory mounted and factory wired microprocessor
control. All service connectors shall be quick disconnect type. Unit circuitry shall
allow the following operational characteristics: Dry contact for occupancy control,
remote fan interlock on call for ventilation, selection of low or high speeds, and
remote wall control contacts. The unit shall be equipped with re-circulation defrost to
prevent frost from forming on the flat plate aluminum heat exchanger and prevent
negative pressure from occurring in building envelope.
F. Cabinet shall be double wall construction and insulated throughout and lined with a
26-gauge galvanized wall for easy cleaning, prevention of potential for microbial
growth, and elimination of potential puncture of insulation membrane. The cabinet
shall be minimum 20-gauge pre-painted galvanized steel with water tight seals.
Control device and contacts shall be included to provide a low voltage signal when
differential pressure across filters exceeds the set point. The unit shall include a
Nema 4 non-fused disconnect with single power point connection. The unit shall
have quick opening type fasteners to allow for easy access. Heat recovery unit (s)
shall be supplied by Venmar. Model: CES.
G. The heat recovery unit shall be as scheduled on the Drawings and manufactured by
Venmar or approved equal.
HVAC 15600-50
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.27 ACCESS PANELS
A. Fumish and install access panels at all valves, volume dampers, tec. installed above
plastered ceilings, in walls, and all other non-accessible spaces. Access panels in
plastered ceilings shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12"x 12"); access panels in
walls shall be Karp type DSC-211 "Universal"(12"x 12').
2.28 FINNED RADIATION
A. Furnish and install finned tube radiators as shown and scheduled on Drawings.
Radiator assemblies shall be 1=B=R rated, Sterling, or equal.
B. Type "A" shall be Sterling "Versaline Style "SS" with 4-1/4" square two tier 29"
high double slope top cover, full backplate, rated at 1190 Btuh per foot at 160°F
A.W.T
C. Where "cover" is called for to conceal wall-hung piping feeding terminal units, it
shall be Sterling "Versaline Style 'T' Model JVA-T14 (sloped top).
D. Enclosures shall be manufactured of 14-gauge cold rolled steel enamel finish,
l ,, with color selected by the Architect.
E. Support brackets shall be die formed for rigidity and must be designed to
support both the element and enclosure. Ball bearing cradles shall be provided
for movement of element during expansion and contraction. Brackets to be
furnished at a maximum of V-0" on centers, with a minimum of two support
brackets for each radiator. Roller bearing pipe hangers shall be used to support
supply or return piping under covers.
2.29 AIR TO-AIR HEAT RECOVERY VENTILATOR
A. Fumish and install, where shown on the Drawings, packaged heat recovery
ventilators manufactured by Venmar CES. The unit shall be capable of transferring
sensible energy as listed in the equipment schedule and be a flat plate heat
exchanger factory installed in the unit. The unit is to be designed to be used as a
stand-alone heat recovery ventilator. Insulation shall comply with NFPA 90A
requirements for flame spread and smoke generation. Airflow data shall comply
with AMCA 210 method of testing. All units shall be tested 100% prior to shipment
and comply with UL. The unit shall have a 2-year warranty on all parts not including
flat plate heat exchanger. Flat plate heat exchanger shall have a 15-year warranty.
B. Packaged, outdoor heat recovery ventilator shall consist of flat plate heat
exchanger, ventilation air fan, exhaust air fan, necessary dampers, temperature
sensors, and microprocessor controls. The cabinet shall be constructed of 20-
guuge G-90 galvanized frame. Access to all components that require servicing shall
HVAC 15600-49
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Water coils shall be pitched for proper drainage and venting.
2. Coils shall have a supply header to ensure distribution to each 5/8"od tube.
3. Coils shall be leaked tested with (315 psig) air pressure underwater.
4. Coils shall have fully flanged frames, with capacities as shown on the
drawings.
5. Fumish with stainless steel double wall insulated drain pan, all in an
enclosed fully flanged frame.
2.26 FAN COIL UNITS
A. General: Unit shall include chassis, coil, fan board, fan wheel(s), housing(s), motor,
and insulation. Chassis shall be galvanized steel wrap-around structural frame with
all edges flanged. Insulation shall be faced, heavy density glass fiber. Fan coil units
shall be equal to Trane Company.
B. Water Coils: Water coils shall be 5/8 in. O.D. seamless copper tubes mechanically
bonded to configurated aluminum fins with continuous fin collars and sleeved coil
end supports. Maximum working pressure 300 psig, factory burst test 450 psig (air),
and leak test 300 psig (air under water). Maximum entering water temperature 275
degrees F. Supply and return connections on side of units as designated on the
Contract Drawings.
C. Fans: Fan wheels centrifugal, forward-curved, double width of non-corrosive,
molded, fiberglass-reinforced thermo-plastic material on all units. Fan houses of
formed sheet metal. All units shall be complete with three speed fan switch
tappings for multi-speed control from a central processor.
D. Motors: All motors shall have integral thermal overload protection and start at 78
percent of rated voltage. Motors operate satisfactorily at 90 percent of rated voltage
on all speed settings and at 10 percent over voltage without undue magnetic noise.
Temperature rise by winding resistance method does not exceed 50 C. (PSC
motors) on high speed. All motors factory run tested assembled in unit prior to
shipping. All motors shall be complete with motor cords, which are quickly
detachable at junction box by locking prong connector.
E. Filters: Filters shall be removable from cabinet without removing front panel; filters
shall be 1"throw away type. Two extra sets of filters shall be provided for each unit.
F. Electrical Performance: All cataloged model wires in accordance with National
Electric Code and UL listed.
G. Fan coil unit shall be Trane or International. No substitutions will be allowed.
HVAC 15600-48
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
b. Physical checkout of all components for completeness and
accuracy, simultaneously with mechanical system balancing.
C. Review of system with Engineer.
d. Functional test for Owner's benefit, instruction, and acceptance.
e. Not less than 30 or more than 60 days after systems have been in
full operation, review problems with Owner, recheck all adjustments,
and recalibrate as required.
4. The Control Manufacturer shall provide a complete instructional manual
covering the function and operation of all control and management system
components on the job, which shall include a trouble-shooting and operating
procedure. This manual shall be fumished to the Owner's operating
personnel and shall show the total integrated control system. Competent
technicians shall be provided for instruction purposes. The Control
Manufacturer shall furnish schematic systems control diagrams to be
delivered to the Owner on AutoCAD disks.
oow 5. Control and management systems shall neither be considered complete nor
acceptable until all conditions of the Sequence of Operation have been
attained, all temperatures are maintained within specified limits of all
operating conditions, and all systems damper leakage of controlled within
specified limits.
J. Service and Guarantee:
1. The complete installation, including all equipment, shall be guaranteed free
from defects in workmanship and material for a period of 12 months from
date of acceptance in writing by the Owner. Provide at no cost to the
Owner, all necessary service, adjusting, and checking during the 12 month
guarantee period.
2. During warranty period, the ATC Contractor shall update and implement all
latest revisions of software offered by the Contractor that applies to this
Project.
2.25 WATER COILS
A. Provide duct mounted hot water coils and new unit mounted chilled water coils as
scheduled on the drawings. Coils shall be designed seamless 1-1/8" od copper
tubes. Fins shall have collars drawn, belled, and firmly bonded to tubes. No
soldering or tinning shall be used in the casing. Capacities, pressure drops and
selection procedure shall be certified in accordance with ARI Standard 410-72.
HVAC 15600-47
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
The low temperature sensor shall open the face damper full to the
coil and close the outside air damper if it senses a temperature
below its set point.
A duct type smoke detector (furnished by the Electrical
Subcontractor) located downstream of the unit filters shall shut down
the unit fans on sensing smoke.
C. Unoccupied Cycle: The AHU-1 and 2 and HX-1 and HX-2 system
shall remain off, except that space sensor shall cycle unit fans with
outside air damper closed, and shall cycle zone hot water pump to
maintain reduced temperature.
d. Occupied Cycle (Summer Mode)
Fans shall run continuously with outdoor air and exhaust air dampers
open to minimum position. Percentage of outdoor air shall be
displayed set and adjusted at console. Room temperature sensors
shall automatically reset discharge temperature to control the coil
valve through microprocessor controller to satisfy occupied cycle
summer mode setpoints.
5. Chiller `
a. Chiller shall be activated and deactivated by the energy
management system. Waterflow must be proven before the chiller is
allowed to start. Modulation of the chiller shall be by the chiller
control panel.
I. Adjustment and Calibration:
1. On completion of the job, the ATC Contractor shall completely calibrate, test,
and adjust, ready for use, all electronic controls, thermostats, valves, damper
motors, and relays provided under his contract and be present for functional
tests on systems. The Building Management System shall be completely
checked, test run, and adjusted.
2. Before the Engineer is asked to witness the functional tests, the entire
control and management system must be complete, controls calibrated. The
controlled devices will be physically inspected and checked to assure that
these terminal devices are, in fact, under proper control and working
smoothly over their entire range of operation.
3. The adjustment procedure shall include the following steps:
a. Preliminary set up and calibration per Specifications and Shop
Drawings.
HVAC 15600-46
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
d. Summer Unoccupied Cycle:
(1) Room sensor through microprocessor controller shall
modulate the coil valve in a reverse acting fashion, however,
no chiller water will be available. Fan shall be de-activated.
Should room temperature exceed 80 degrees. The coil valve
shall open in the fan run.
3. Radiators and Unit Heaters
a. Each radiator and unit heater shall be subject to a 2-way electric
activated control valve. On a call for heat the control valve shall
open and when temperature set point is satisfied the valve shall
close.
4. Air Handling Units: The systems shall be indexed between occupied, warm-
up, and unoccupied cycles of operation by Energy Management System.
a. Warm-up Cycle: The unit supply fan shall be started from the time
clock and shall nun continuously. Units AHU-1 and 2 and HX-1 and
HX-2 shall run continuously. The return air fans shall remain off
during the warm-up cycle with the return air exhaust damper closed.
The outside air damper shall remain closed, the coil face and
bypass dampers shall operate in 'occupied" mode, and the exhaust
fan shall remain off. The unit shall remain in the warm-up cycle until
the return air temperature reaches 68°F at which time it shall revert
to the occupied cycle.
b. Occupied Cycle (Winter Mode):
Supply and return fans shall run continuously with outdoor air and
exhaust air dampers open to minimum position. Room sensor shall
automatically reset discharge setpoint to control heating coil valve
through microprocessor controller. Where face and bypass dampers
are called for, the integrated controls shall be as follows: above 40
degrees F., the face and bypass dampers are wide open and the
valve shall modulate; below 40 degrees F., the valve shall be wide
open and the face and bypass dampers shall modulate. Note:
Apply PID control to these sequences to provide closer control when
spaces go through rapid occupancy changes. As space is
demanded for heating drops, the coil valve shall be modulated
closed to finally a closed position. When space demands for
ventilation increases, the outdoor and exhaust dampers shall be
modulated open past the minimum percentage and the return
damper shall dose correspondingly.
HVAC 15600-45
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
0 degrees= 160 degrees HCS
65 degrees= 90 degrees HCS
d. Occupied Pump Control: The temperature control system shall
control pumps in the following manner.
(1) In the occupied mode, only one (1) pump shall run unless the
energy management system decides both pumps are
necessary in order to maintain temperature. A variable
frequency drive unit shall control pump in response to load.
e. Unoccupied Pump Control:
(1) The hot water and hot water/chilled water pumps shall
remain off (both pumps) when outside temperature is above
58 degrees. When outside temperature falls below 58
degrees, one pump shall cycle on/off subject to the night
sensor. When outside temperature falls below 40 degrees,
one pump shall run continuously and the second pump shall
cycle subject to the night sensor. In the cooling mode, one
pump shall cycle on/off to maintain higher setting.
2. Cabinet Heaters/Fan Coil Units:
a. Winter Occupied Cycle:
(1) Room sensor through microprocessor controller shall
modulate the coil valve in a direct acting fashion to maintain
heating requirement for room. Fan shall be under control of
energy management system.
b. Winter Unoccupied Cycle:
(1) Room sensor through microprocessor controller shall
modulate the coil valve in a direct acting fashion to maintain
lowered set point of room. Fan shall be de-energized.
C. Summer Occupied Cycle:
(1) Room sensor through microprocessor controller shall
modulate the coil valve in a reverse acting fashion to add
chilled water on a rise in space demand. Fan shall be under
control of fan switch furnished on the fan coil unit and
controlled by the EMS.
H VAC 15600-44
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
Mechanical system graphics shall show the type of mechanical system
components serving any zone through the use of a pictorial representation
of components. It shall also provide a current status of all 1/0 points being
controlled and applicable to each piece of equipment including analog
readouts in appropriate engineering units at appropriate locations on the
graphic representation.
2. Each category of software shall consist of interactive software modules.
Each module shall have an associated priority level and shall execute as
determined by the program controller as defined in the real time operating
system.
3. The central site shall allow receipt of alarms and messages while in a
functional mode other than energy management, i.e., incoming alarms shall
be displayed while the operator is in a word processing, spreadsheet, or
other operating mode. The system must automatically switch from a non-
energy management mode, respond to an alarm, and return to the exact
position left in the previous functional mode.
4. The building operator shall be able to communicate and direct all control
functions through the use of a 2-button "mouse" operator interface to
monitor and control all functions and sequences within the system.
H. Sequences of Operation:
Following are the typical sequences of operation for HVAC equipment provided by
Automated Logic's System 20/20. Within each section, each paragraph describes a
specific control sequence for a component of the equipment; start/stop, status, etc.
Each specific control sequence will require appropriate 1/0 points, which are
scheduled on the Drawings.
1. Pump Control
a. The building shall be served by two in-line pumps for heating and
cooling and two in line pumps for heating only.
b. Heat and cooling distribution shall be supplied by pumps P-1 and P-
2 (one spare) and heating only served by pumps P-3 and P-4 (one
spare).
C. The steam to water heat exchanger shall be controlled as follows:
(1) (HX-1 )Sensors located in the water supply and water return
shall have its set point automatically and inversely reset from
outdoor temperature by modulating each steam control valve
ek to maintain the following schedule:
Hot Water
HVAC 15600-43
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
I. All control dampers shall be opposed blade type with edge and jam
seals and internal linkage. Damper operators shall be provided for
all dampers equal to Belimo AF24-S with AV10-18 or 2G-JSA shaft
extensions where required.
5. Local Site Communication Network
a. The modules shall communicate within their respective network with
a token passing technique. This network shall be consistent with the
IEEE RS-485 standard, including a minimum baud rate of 9,600
BPS maintained at a minimum of 10,000 feet. The Contractor shall
provide all wiring required for the local site network.
F. Software
1. The Contractor shall provide all software required for efficient operation of
all the functions required by this specification. Software shall be modular in
design for flexibility in expansion or revision of the system. The software
shall, as a minimum, include:
a. Complete database entry
b. Configuration of all application programs to provide the sequence of
operation indicated
C. Graphics of each system as shown on the 1/0 Summary Tables
d. Alarm limits and alarm messages for all critical and non-critical
alarms
e. Configuration of all reports and point summaries indicated
G. Systems Software
1. The central site shall display graphically, in up to 256 different colors, the
following system information:
General area maps shall show locations of controlled buildings in relation to
local landmarks.
Floor plan maps shall show heating and cooling zones throughout the
buildings in a range of colors which provide a visual display of temperature
relative to their respective setpoints. The colors shall be updated dynamically
as zones' comfort condition change. Locations of space sensors shall also
be shown for each zone. Setpoint adjustment and color band displays shall
be provided.
HVAC 15600-42
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Flow Switches: Flow switches shall have a repetitive accuracy of+
1% of their operating range. Switch actuation shall be adjustable
over the operating flow range. Switches shall have snap-acting
Form C contacts rated for the specific electrical application.
d. Watt-hour Transducers: Watt-hour transducers shall have an
accuracy of+0.25% for kW and kWh outputs from full lag to full lead
power factor. Input ranges for kW and kWh transducers shall be
selectable without requiring the changing of current or potential
transformers, and shall have dry contact pulse accumulation.
e. Voltage-to-Digital Alarm Relays: Relays shall monitor status of boiler
or chiller safeties and overloads and shall be sized and connected so
as not to impede the function of the monitored contacts. Switch shall
have self-wiping, snap-acting Form C contacts rated for the
application, equal to Veris Industries, Inc. Hawkeye 735.
f. Humidity Sensors: Sensors shall have an accuracy of +5% over a
range of 20%to 95% RH, Visala Mod. HMW-40U.
g. Current Sensing Relays: Relays shall monitor status of motor loads.
Switch shall have self-wiping, snap-acting Form C contacts rated for
the application. The setpoint of the contact operation shall be field
adjustable.
h. Control Relays: Control relay contacts shall be rated for 150% of the
loading application, with self-wiping, snap-acting Form C contacts,
enclosed in dustproof enclosure. Relays shall have silver cadmium
contacts with a minimum life span rating of one million operations.
Relays shall be equipped with coil transient suppression devices.
i. Solid State Relays (SSR): Input/output isolation shall be greater
than 10 billion ohms with a breakdown voltage of 15 V root mean
square, or greater, at 60 Hz. The contact operating life shall be 10
million operations or greater. The ambient temperature range of
SSRs shall be 20°F-140 0F. Input impedance shall be greater than
500 ohms. Relays shall be rated for the application. Operating and
release time shall be 10 milliseconds or less. Transient suppression
shall be provided as an integral part of the relays.
j. Freezestat shall be capillary type equal to Johnson Control, Model
A70HA-1 C.
k. Control valves shall be DDC modulating type. All two-way valves
shall be Spartan two position valves. All three-way valves shall be
Barber Colman with Belimo Actuators, Model AF24-S.
HVAC 15600-41
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. Instrumentation and Control
a. Temperature Sensors: Sensors shall be of the type and have
accuracy ratings as indicated and/or required for the application and
shall permit accuracy rating of within 1% of the temperature range of
their intended use.
1) Sensors used for mixed air application shall be the averaging
type and have an accuracy of+1°F. Kele Precon Model ST-
FZ.
2) OA temperature sensors shall have a minimum range of -
52°F to 152°F and an accuracy of within +10F in this
temperature range. Kele Precon Model ST-O.
3) Room temperature sensors shall have an accuracy, of +
0.25°F in the range of 45°F to 96°F, ALC Model BA-10K-2-
RSO-RLC Type 3 with network connector, warm/cool
adjustment, override switch and LED Occupied/Unoccupied
indicator.
4) Chilled water sensors shall have an accuracy of +0.25°F in
their range of application.
5) Hot water temperature sensors shall have an accuracy of +
0.75°F over the range of their application.
b. Pressure Instruments
1) Differential Pressure and Pressure Sensors. Sensors shall
have a 4-20 MA output proportional signal with provisions for
field checking. Sensors shall withstand up to 150% of rated
pressure, without damaging the device. Accuracy shall be
within +2% of full scale. Sensors shall be manufactured by
MAMAC No. PR-272-2-XX-B-1-2-2.
2) Pressure Switches. Pressure switches shall have a repetitive
accuracy of + 2% of range and withstand up to 150% of
rated pressure. Sensors shall be diaphragm or bourdon tube
design. Switch operation shall be adjustable over the
operating pressure range. The switch shall have an
application rated Form C, snap-acting, self-wiping contact of
platinum alloy, silver alloy, or gold plating. Switches shall be
manufactured by Johnson Controls, Model P-74FA-5-C.
HVAC 15600-40
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
40W SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
b. Each T-Line controller shall communicate with the Cmnet through
the Tnet Interface Module (TNI). The TNI shall provide one RS485
port for a Cmnet connection and one RS485 port for the Tnet
connection. In addition, a direct connect RS485 port shall also be
provided for connection of a laptop computer.
C. In the event of a loss of communication with the TNI, each T-Line
controller shall store a default algorithm which maintains the space
temperature until communication with the TNI is restored.
d. Each TNI shall execute application programs, calculations, and
commands via a microcomputer resident in the TNI. The database
and all application programs for each T-Line shall be stored in
read/writable non-volatile memory within the TNI. All non-volatile
memory shall have a battery backup of at least five years.
e. The TNI shall contain both software and hardware to perform full
DDC/PID control loops. T-Line shall be able to provide normal binary
type output.
f. Each T-Line shall be able to support various type of zone
temperature sensors, such as: temperature sensor only,
temperature sensor with built-in local override switch, with setpoint
adjustment switch.
g. Each T-Line for VAV application shall have a built-in air flow
transducer for accurate air flow measurement in order to provide the
Pressure Independent VAV operation.
h. Each T-Line and TNI shall have LED indication for visual status of
communication, power, and all outputs.
i. Each TNI shall be software programmable for communicating at
9600 baud to 38.4 Kbps. Circuits shall be optically isolated.
3. Terminal Control Devices-T-Line
a. Digital outputs: These outputs shall be 24VAC or VDC maximum, 3
amp maximum current. Each configurable as normally open or
normally closed, and either dry contact or bussed.
b. Universal inputs: Thermistor, dry contacts or 0-5VDC with 0-100K
Ohm input impedance.
C. Enhanced Zone Sensor Input: The input shall provide one
thermistor input, one local setpoint adjustment, one timed local
override switch and an occupancy LED indicator.
HVAC 15600-39
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Field Hardware: Field hardware must be of a modular design to ensure reliability
and system performance.
1. Global Network Controller- LANgate
a. The LANgate shall be a microprocessor-based communications
device which acts as a gateway between the System Control Module
Network(CMnet) and the Global Network(Lgnet).
b. Both the Cmnet and the Lgnet shall be "peer-to-peer" networks
which allow all control modules to communicate with equal authority.
C. Each LANgate shall support a Cmnet on which may reside any
combination of up to 100 zone controllers, rooftop unit controllers,
and/or Control Modules.
d. The LANgate shall be responsible for routing global information from
the various Cmnets which may be installed throughout a building.
e. The Lgnet may configure as RS485 (38.4 Kbps), ARCnet (2.5
Mbps), or Ethernet (10 Mbps), or Token Ring (16Mbps) all of which
may be implemented over fiber optic, twisted pair, or coaxial cable.
f. Each Cmnet shall support up to 100 controllers.
g. Multiple LANgates can be added to the Lgnet if the projects require
more than 100 controllers.
h. Up to a total of 60 LANgates can be added to the Lgnet, each
supporting up to 100 controllers (total capacity exceeds 500,000
points per Lgnet).
i. The LANgate shall provide two RS232 ports which can be
connected to Central Site Workstations, portable computers, or
modems.
j. LANgate shall provide full arbitration between multiple users,
whether they are communicating through the same LANgate or
different ones.
2. Terminal Control Modules-.T-Line
a. Terminal Control Modules shall be capable of providing the Direct
Digital Control of single zone terminal HVAC units; air handling units,
fan coil units, exhaust fans, unit ventilators, etc.
HVAC 15600-38
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
artificial time clock. The time clock may run at normal time increments,
increased increments (fast motion) or decreased increments (slow motion).
D. Wiring: All temperature control wiring will be installed and terminated by the ATC
Contractor. Control wiring shall be as follows:
1. All circuits which are activated or deactivated by temperature control system
components, such as, but not limited to, PE's and high and low limit
protective devices.
2. All circuits which activate or deactivate temperature control system
components, such as solenoid air valve.
3. All temperature control panel wiring to terminal strips and field wiring from
terminal strips to field mounted devices.
4. All wiring to the "Auto" side of hand-off auto switches on units being
controlled by the ATC Contractor.
5. Wiring of all electro-mechanical devices required to be located on or in
temperature control panels.
6. All wiring to the temperature control panels shall be by the ATC
subcontractor from sources provided by the Electrical Contractor specifically
for that purpose.
7. All wiring shall comply with national, state, and local electrical codes. All
power wiring will be installed and terminated by the Electrical Contractor.
Power wiring shall be defined as follows:
a. Wiring of all devices and circuits carrying voltages greater than 120
volt(except for power to the temperature control panels).
b. Wiring of power feeds to disconnects, starters, and electric motors.
C. Wiring of 120V AC power feeds to all temperature control panels
where required.
d. Installation of and wiring of line power to fused disconnects for each
air compressor.
e. Power wiring to 120V single phase motors.
f. Wiring from disconnects to compressor motor starters and from
compressor motor starters to compressor motor.
HVAC 15600-37
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Submittals, Documentation and Acceptance
1. Shop Drawings. A minimum of six (6) copies of Shop Drawings shall be
submitted and shall consist of a complete list of equipment and materials,
including manufacturer's descriptive and technical literature, catalog cuts,
and installation instructions. Shop Drawings shall also contain complete
wiring, routing, schematic diagrams, tag number of devices, software
descriptions, calculations, and any other details required to demonstrate that
the system will function properly. Drawings shall show proposed layout and
installation of all equipment and the relationship to other parts of the work.
2. Shop Drawings shall be approved by the Engineer and the College before
any equipment is installed. Therefore, Shop Drawings must be submitted in
time for review so that all installations can be completed per the project's
completion schedule.
3. All Drawings shall be reviewed after the final system checkout and updated
or corrected to provide "as-built" Drawings to show exact installation. The
system will not be considered complete until the "as-built" Drawings have
received their final approval. The Contractor shall deliver three (3) sets of
"as-built" Drawings, and one (1) CADD disk of these Drawings.
4. Before final configuration, the Contractor shall provide 1/0 Summary forms
that include:
a. Description of all points.
b. Listing of binary and analog hardware required to interface to the
equipment for each function.
C. Listing of all application programs associated with each piece of
equipment.
d. Failure modes for control functions to be performed in case of failure
5. Provide an accurate graphic flow diagram for each software program
proposed to be used on the project as part of the submittal process.
Revisions made as a result of the submittal process, during the installation,
start-up or acceptance portion of the project, shall be accurately reflected in
the "as-built" graphic software flow diagrams herein required by this
specification.
6. The Contractor shall be able to simulate the operation of all software
application programs to ensure they are free from design errors and that
they accurately accomplish the application sequence of operations. The
simulation must show each output value and how it varies in relation to an
HVAC 15600-36
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. The system architecture shall be fully modular permitting expansion of
application software, system peripherals, and field hardware.
5. The system, upon completion of the installation and prior to acceptance of
the project, shall perform all operating functions as detailed in this
Specification.
6. Provide the following system hardware:
a. Central Site(s) and Control Modules
b. All sensing devices and necessary transducers to perform the
functions listed in 1/0 Summary Tables.
C. All relays, switches, indicating devices, and transducers required to
perform the functions listed in 1/0 Summary Tables.
d. All monitoring and control wiring and air tubing.
e. All modems and accessories.
7. Provide all software identified in Part 3 of this Specification. The database
required for implementation of these specification shall be provided by the
Contractor, including: point descriptor, alarm limits, calibration variables,
graphics, reports and point summaries.
8. The system as specified shall monitor, control, and calculate all of the points
and perform all the function as listed in 1/0 Summary Tables attached to the
end of this specification.
9. Codes and Regulations. All electrical equipment and material and its
installation shall conform to the current requirements of the following
authorities:
a. Occupational Safety and Health Act(OSHA)
b. National Electric Code (NEC)
C. National Fire Code
d. Uniform Building Code
e. Uniform Mechanical Code
f. Uniform Plumbing Code
g. UL916
h. Note: Where two or more codes conflict, the most restrictive shall
apply. Nothing in these plans and specifications shall be construed
to permit work not conforming to applicable codes.
HVAC 15600-35
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. All components of the direct digital controllers shall be manufactured by
Automated .Logic, or equal, with peripheral electrictelectronic devices
manufactured by Barber Colman.
4. All components of the system shall be furnished and installed by Automated
Logic, i.e. Yankee Technology, Inc., of Ludlow, MA. The system shall be a
properly integrated system installed by competent mechanics regularly
employed in the profession of temperature control. Unless specified to the
contrary, all equipment shall be fully proportioning. The control system shall
be complete in all respects, including room thermostats, immersion
thermostats, switches, relays, valves, cabinets and other accessory
equipment, and a complete system of control wiring for integration into
existing remaining reused controls where specified, all connected and
properly integrated to the control system.
5. The temperature control system shall be DDC and shall utilize
electrictelectronic power for the control dampers and valves. The control
systems Lans connection shall be extended from the existing system.
6. All wiring, conduit, junction boxes, fittings, etc., necessary for the
temperature control system shall be furnished and installed by the ATC
Contractor and shall conform to all standards and codes as described under
Section 16000 - Electrical Work. Wiring shall be in metal raceways where
required by prevailing codes.
7. Provide nameplates for all control devices. Devices on panels to have
"Lamicoid" nameplates, isolated control valves, relays, etc. to be marked
with stamped tape.
B. Scope of Work
1. All temperature control work shall be performed by Yankee Technology, Inc.
of Ludlow, MA. It is the responsibility of this Contractor to co-ordinate all
HVAC work with the Temperature Control Contractor prior to submitting a
bid.
2. The Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary hardware, wiring,
pneumatic tubing, computing equipment and software as defined in this
specification.
3. All material and equipment used shall be standard components, regularly
manufactured and available and not custom designed especially for this
project. All systems and components, except site specific software, shall
have previously been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use prior to
installation on this project.
HVAC 15600-34
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. The heating coil shall be of the continuous aluminum plate fin and copper tubes
type, assembled in a zinc coated steel frame. The coil shall be pitched in the unit
casing for proper drainage the coil shall be tested at 250 psig air pressure under
water. Coils shall be of the steam distributing, "non-freeze"type.
F. All units furnished with cooling coils shall have drain pans pitched for even flow of
condensate with side drain connections on both sides of unit. Provide copper tube
"P" trap with cleanout in condensate drain piping, "P" traps shall be equal to unit
pressure.
G. Provide, where noted on schedules, internal face and bypass dampers with full size
coils.
H. High capacity mixing section shall be furnished with properly located access doors
equipped with handles. Internal slides shall be provided for filter racks. Filters shall
be removable from either end of Section.
1. Bag filter and pre-filter sections shall be provided with all units. Each unit shall be
furnished with three(3) sets of pre and final filters.
2.23 ACCESS PANELS
A. Furnish and install access panels at all valves, volume dampers, tec. installed above
plastered ceilings, in walls, and all other non-accessible spaces. Access panels in
plastered ceilings shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12"x 12"); access panels in
walls shall be Karp type DSC-211 "Universal" (12"x 12").
2.24 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
A. General Requirements
1. All components of the system shall be fumished and installed by Automated
Logic.
2. The controls shall be a direct expansion of the Campus' existing energy
management system as manufactured by automated Logic System 20/20,
and shall be extended from the existing communication lines located in The
Physical Plant. It is mandatory that the installed system be properly
interfaced with the existing central site (CS) computer hardware ALC 20/20
configuration and the existing master central site software library, located at
the HVAC Department Building. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to
develop site specific operating parameters, building name, general area
maps, floor plans, mechanical system graphics, thermal graphs, all to be
displayed graphically at the central site (CS) via the existing software
OOW programs.
HVAC 15600-33
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Strainers for steam and condensate systems over 50 psig. shall be 250 lb. class.
Strainers for other systems shall be 125 lb. class. Strainers shall be Illinois, Barnes
and Jones, Armstrong, or equal, and shall be so installed as to permit ready removal
of basket. Each strainer 2-1/2" and larger shall be provided with hose end globe
valve on blow-off.
2.22 AIR HANDLING UNITS (AHU)
A. Fumish and install, where shown on the Drawings, central station draw-through
units of the types, sizes, and capacities as scheduled on the Drawings. All units
shall be factory-assembled and tested and shall be as manufactured by the Trane
Company, York Intemational or McQuay. No substitutions will be allowed.
B. Units shall consist of modular fan and coil sections, filter section, internal face and
bypass sections where called for, adjustable motor bases for high efficiency, totally
enclosed NEMA frame motors, and OSHA approved belt guards. Casing shall be of
complete frame with removable panels, modular, flush mounted into the unit
framework with properly located access panels. Casing shall be double wall
insulated with a 1 in. minimum thickness fiberglass insulation with a density of not
less than 1-1/2 lbs. accordance with NFPA Bulletin No. 90A. Insulation shall be
secured to casing with waterproof adhesive and permanent fasteners. All cabinet
surfaces shall be galvanized.
C. Fans shall be centrifugal type, double inlet, double width. They shall be of the
forward curved, low speed type on all sizes. Fan housing shall be equipped with
adjustable cut-off. All fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced and tested
at rated speed after being installed in factory assembled units. Bearings shall be
self-aligning, grease lubricated ball bearings sized to provide minimum average
bearing life of 200,000 hours. Lubrication fittings shall be extended to the exterior
cabinet. Fan shafts shall be solid, cold finish steel, turned, grout ground, and
polished to insure trouble-free operation and tolerances within the recommendations
of bearing manufacturers. Fan motors shall be mounted to an adjustable pivot base
in optional position external to the unit. Fan V-belt drive shall be of the variable pitch
type. Fan belt guard shall be fumished by the unit manufacturer, easily removable,
and made of solid steel with tachometer openings. Inlet vanes shall be furnished
where so called for on the schedule.
D. Coil sections shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel with removable panels and
shall be arranged for the removal of the coil from either end of the unit. Combina-
tion hot water/chiller coils shall consist of 5/8 in. o.d. copper tubing on 1-1/2 centers
arranged in a staggered pattem with respect to circulation of airflow. They shall be
bonded to the tubes by hydraulic expansion of tubes and the coils tested with 300-
lbs. pneumatic pressure underwater.
HVAC 15600-32
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
with SFA-5.8, Section II, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for brazing
filler metal materials.
20. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: ANSI B16.21; full-faced for cast-iron flanges;
raised-face for steel flanges, unless otherwise indicated.
21. Note: Grooved piping will NOT be allowed.
2.20 PACKLESS EXPANSION JOINTS
A. General: Provide packless expansion joints where indicated for piping systems, with
materials and pressure/temperature ratings selected by Installer to suit intended
service. Select packless expansion joints to provide 200% absorption capacity of
piping expansion between anchors.
B. Expansion Compensators: Pressure rated for 60 psi for low pressure systems, 2-ply
phosphor bronze bellows, brass shrouds and end fittings for copper piping systems,
or 2-ply stainless steel bellows, carbon steel shrouds and end fittings for steel piping
systems. Provide internal guides and anti-torque devices, and removable end clip
for proper positioning.
C. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide expansion
compensators of one of the following:
Flexonics Div.; UOP, Inc.
Hyspan Precision Products, Inc.
Keflex, Inc.
Metraflex Co.
Vibration Mountings and Controls, Inc.
D. Provide pipe alignment guides on both sides of expansion joints, and elsewhere as
indicated: Construct with 4-finger spider traveling inside guiding sleeve, with
provision for anchoring to building substrate.
1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pipe
alignment guides of the following:
Hyspan Precision Products, Inc.
Metraflex Co.
2.21 STRAINERS
A. Pipeline strainers shall be full size, iron body, "Y" pattern and shall be installed on
the inlet side of each steam trap, and elsewhere as indicated on the Drawings.
Strainers 2" and smaller shall have screwed ends; 2-1/2" and larger shall have
flanged ends.
HVAC 15600-31
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
a. Material Group: Group 1.1
b. End Connections: Buttwelding
C. Facings: Raised-face
5. Wrought-Steel Buttwelding Fittings: ANSI B16.9, except ANSI B16.28 for
short-radius elbows and returns; rated to match connected pipe.
6. Yoloy Steel Buttwelding Fittings: ASTM A714.
7. Forged Branch Connection Fittings: Except as otherwise indicated, provide
type as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements,
Bonney"Weldolets"or"Threadolets", or equal.
8. Pipe Nipples: Fabricated from same pipe as used for connected pipe;
except do not use less than Schedule 80 pipe where length remaining
unthreaded is less than 1-1/2" and where pipe size is less than 1-1/2", and
do not thread nipples full length (no close-nipples).
9. Copper Tube: ASTM B88; Type as indicated for each service; hard-drawn
temper for water piping; soft temper for oil piping.
10. DWV Copper Tube: ASTM B306.
11. ACR Copper Tube: ASTM B280.
12. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ANSI B16.22.
13. Cast-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16.23.
14. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI 816.29.
15. Red Brass Pipe: ASTM B43.
16. Cast-Bronze Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.15.
17. Welding Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide welding materials
as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Comply
with Section II, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding
materials.
18. Soldering Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide soldering
materials as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements.
19. Brazing Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide brazing materials
as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Comply ,
HVAC 15600-30
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.19 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. General
1. Reference is made to specifications of recognized authorities to establish
quality. Latest editions of their publications at time of bidding shall be in
force.
2. All piping shall have manufacturer's name or trademark rolled into each and
every length of pipe.
3. All threads for screwed joints shall be National Taper Pipe Thread
conforming to ANSI B2.1-1968.
4. Qualify welding procedures, welders and operators in accordance with
ASME 831.1, or ASME 831.9, as applicable, for shop and project site
welding of piping work.
B. Application
1. Hot and Dual Temperature Water Supply and Return and Steam Supply
and Condensate Return: Black steel pipe, Schedule 40, size 2" and smaller
threaded, 2-1/2" and larger welded, or Type "L" copper for hot and dual
temperature water.
2. Boiler Trim: Brass Pipe, Schedule 40, threaded, cast bronze fittings.
3. Refrigerant: Type ACR copper, wrought copper fittings, AWS class BAgI
silver solder.
4. Condensate Drain (from cooling coils): Type M or DWV copper tube with
cast or wrought drainage fittings in lieu of copper PVC drains may be used in
fan room equipment and connection to existing lines.
C. Materials
1. Black Steel Pipe : ASTM A53, A106 or A120; except comply with ASTM A53
or A106 where close coiling or bending is required.
2. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3; plain or galvanized as
indicated. Class 150 for Schedule 40 piping, Class 300 for Schedule 80.
3. Yoloy Steel Pipe: ASTM A714; Class 4; Grade IV.
4. Steel Flanges/Fittings: ANSI B16.5, including bolting and gasketing of the
following material group, end connection and facing except as otherwise
indicated, Class 150 for Schedule 40 piping, Class 300 for Schedule 80.
HVAC 15600-29
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
G. Insulation thickness shall be as follows:
Minimum Pipe Insulation Required:
1. Hot Water/Chilled Water, Supply and Return (Armoflex)
a. Runouts up to 2 in.: 1 in.
b. Mains and Branches 1 in. and less: I in.
c. Mains and Branches 1-1/4 in. to 2 in.: 1 in.
d. Mains and Branches 2-1/2 in. to 4 in.: 1 % in.
e. Mains and Branches 5 in. to 6 in.: 2 in.
2. Refrigerant Piping: (Armoflex)
a. Runouts up to 2 in.: 1 in.
b. Mains and Branches 1 in. and less: 1 in.
c. Mains and Branches 1-1/4 in. to 2 in.: 1-1/2 in.
3. Condensate Drains: (Armoflex)
a. Runouts up to 2 in.: 3/4 in.
b. Mains and Branches 1 in. and less: 3/4 in.
c. Mains and Branches 1-1/4 in. to 2 in.: 1 in.
d. Mains and Branches 2-1/2 in. to 4 in.: 1 in.
4. Steam and condensate (Fiberglass with all service jacket)
a. Runouts up to 2 in.: 1 1/2 in.
b. Runouts up to 1 in. and less: 1 %2 in.
c. Runouts up to 2 1/2 in and larger: 2 in.
5. Chilled water pumps, chiller barrel, etc.
a. 3/a"Armoflex on all chilled water equipment.
HVAC 15600-28
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
opk NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
glass fiber with U.L. approved neoprene coating on air side. Acoustical lining shall
be installed where .shown on Drawings. All lined ductwork shall be insulated as
listed above unless otherwise noted.
F. Pipe Insulation
1. All insulation including covering shall be fire resistant and fire retardant and
shall have a flame spread rating not exceeding 25, smoke developed rating
not exceeding 50, all complying with NFPA 225 and/or U.L. 723. Adhesives
used for applying and sealing jackets shall also conform to these same fire
retardant and smoke ratings.
2. On exposed insulation, all longitudinal seams shall be kept at the top of the
pipe and circumferential joints shall be kept to a minimum. Raw ends of
insulation shall be concealed by neatly folding in the ends of the jackets.
Fittings, valve bodies, and flanges shall be furnished with the same jacket
materials used on adjoining insulation.
3. Covering shall not be applied until all parts of the work have been tested by
the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
4. A vapor barrier shall be installed on all new hot water/chilled water piping. It
shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to
maintain the integrity of the vapor barrier.
5. Attention is called for to the fact that on all hot water/chilled water,
refrigerant, and condensate drain piping, oversized pipe hangers shall be
furnished and pipe insulation shall be applied continuous along the pipe
passing inside the hanger.
6. Pipe insulation shall be closed cell Armaflex insulation as manufactured by
Gustin-Bacon, Manville, or other approved equal.
7. All hot water, chilled water, condensate drains, refrigerant piping, and make
up water piping shall be insulated with Armaflex, closed cell pipe insulation,
or approved equal. The insulation shall have an average thermal
conductivity not to exceed .25 BTU in. per sq. ft. per F. per hour at a mean
temperature of 75 degrees F. Thickness of the insulation shall be as
scheduled below. The insulation shall be applied over clean dry pipe with all
joints firmly together. Longitudinal jacket laps and the butt strips shall be
smoothly secured with Benjamin Foster 85-20 adhesive. Note: All
refrigerant piping run outdoors shall be covered with an aluminum jacket and
secured with stainless steel bands. All Pex tubing run in walls shall be
insulated with Y2"Armaflex insulation.
8. Insulation of all steam and condensate piping shall be fiberglass with
jacketed cover, thickness to be as listed below.
HVAC 15600-27
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.17 HANGERS
A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Company, Carpenter & Paterson,
Fee &Mason, or equal.
B. For all pipe 2-1/2"and larger-Grinnell Figure No. 20, at 10' intervals.
C. For all other suspended piping - Grinnell Figure 70 at 6' intervals for tubing 1-1/4" or
less, 10' intervals for piping at 1-1/2"and larger.
D. All hangers directly in contact with non-ferrous pipe or tubing shall be copper plated
or plastic coated.
E. Hangers or supports shall be placed within 1' of each horizontal elbow. Vertical runs
of pipe not over 5' in length shall be supported on hangers placed not over 12"from
the elbow on the connecting horizontal run.
F. Install Figure 167 insulation shield between hanger and insulation on all piping;
hangers to be installed outside pipe insulation.
G. Vertical risers shall be supported with Grinnell Figure CT-121C plastic coated riser
clamp; to be installed immediately below a coupling.
2.18 INSULATION
A. All air supply, return, and fresh air ducts shall be insulated. Insulation for concealed
ducts shall be 1-1/2 in. thick, 1-pound density glass fiber (flexible) duct insulation
with factory applied reinforced aluminum foil jacket equal to Manville Type FSK.
Secure to duct with Benjamin Foster No. 85-20 adhesive. Lap jacket 2 in. at all
seams and secure flaps with staples and adhesive to provide complete vapor
barrier. In addition, this concealed duct insulation shall be tied 18 in. o.c. with 18
gauge aluminum or copper wire where ducts exceed 24 in. in width.
B. All concealed air ducts from the fresh air intakes to the air handling units shall be
insulated in the same manner as for the ductwork for concealed supply ducts.
C. All exposed fresh air ducts from the fresh air intakes to the air handling units and all
exposed supply and return air ducts, or where so noted, shall be insulated with 1 in.
thick, 6 pound density, rigid glass fiberboard with Manville Type EAF vaporseal
facing. Attach board to ducts with double prong stick clips. Seal at joints to maintain
vapor barrier. All edges and angles shall be reinforced with comer beads. Finish
shall consist of tackboard of Benjamin Foster No. 30-36 Sealfas, embedded
Manville Duramesh 205, and a heavy finish coat of Benjamin Foster No. 30-35
Sealfas, all applied according to manufacturer's recommendations.
D. Acoustical Insulation: Duct lining acoustical insulation shall be shop installed by the ,
Sheet Metal Contractor. Liner shall be 1-in. thick, 3-pound density, non-combustible
HVAC 15600-26
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
look SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Air Vents: Air vents shall be provided where shown and at all other high points,
where shown or not. Vents shall be of the manual type and shall be full line size,
but in no case shall they be less than 2 in. steel pipe. Chambers shall be a
minimum of 12 in. high. Drain tubing shall be extended in such a manner that the
globe valve and end of drain line are readily accessible. Air vents for radiation shall
be installed in the return side of each loop of radiation before piping drops down to
return main. These vents to be key or screw type equal to Dole or Taco.
D. Automatic Make-Up Water Valve: Provide with three valve bypass for water system
shall be Bell & Gossett, Cash, Taco, or Watts equal to Bell & Gossett No. B-3
Reducing Valve set for approximately 60 psig inlet and 21 psig outlet, field
adjustable. Install backflow preventer piped to drain in inlet to automatic valve.
Bypass to be 1 in. size with globe valve and one check valve in series. Strainers
shall be as specified in other paragraphs of this Section of the Specifications.
E. Furnish and install all temperature - pressure relief valves for all hot water heater
systems. All to be ASME rated and similar to that manufactured by WATTS.
2.15 STEAM TO WATER HEAT EXCHANGERS
A. Furnish and install where shown on the Drawings, steam to water, shell and tube U-
bend removable tube bundle, steam in shell, water in tube exchangers. The heat
exchanger shall include a cast iron bonnet, copper tubes, steel shell and baffles and
be ASME stamped.
B. HX-1 - Shall be capable of heating 250 gpm from 140°F. to 160°F with 5 Ibs steam
and a .0005 fouling factor.
C. Heat exchanger shall be as manufactured by ITT Bell &Gossett Model 5U-2-4-2, or
equal.
2.16 STEAM TRAPS
A. Furnish and install float and thermostatic steam traps where indicated on the
Drawings.
B. The trap shall be of the mechanical lever ball float type having a ductile iron body
with horizontal inline screwed connections and shall incorporate a balanced
pressure thermostatic air vent. Valve mechanism shall be stainless steel and
attached to a removable cover for easy maintenance. The cover shall be 180
degrees reversible to permit flow in.either direction.
C. Steam traps shall be as manufactured by Tunstall Associates. No substitutions
will be allowed.
HVAC 15600-25
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
pulsation damper (Ashcroft#1106B) and a brass lever handle gauge cock(Ashcroft
#1095).
B. Model number, size and range to be as follows:
1. Ashcroft - #1018, 3-1/2" dial, red tipped pointer with scale range such that
normal operating pressure is approximately at mid-scale.
2.12 UNIONS
A. Unions shall be of the same class and material as the pipe and fittings of the system
in which they are installed. In black steel piping systems, they shall be 200 lb. black
malleable iron with brass ground joint equal to Dart Figures 0832, 0834, 0835, 0836
or 0838. In copper and brass piping, they shall be 125 lb. bronze or brass with
ground joint.
B. Flanged unions for welded pipe shall be weld neck, 150 lb. raised face. Flanged
joints shall be packed with impregnated asbestos gaskets placed inside the bolt
circle with graphite applied to both faces.
C. Dielectric unions shall be provided between ferrous and non-ferrous piping to
prevent galvanic corrosion. The dielectric unions shall meet the requirements for
tensile strength of pipe fittings in accordance with Federal Specification WW-U-531
and shall be suitable for temperatures and pressures encountered. The ends shall
be threaded, flanged, brazed, or soldered to match adjacent piping. The metal parts
of the union shall be separated so that the electrical current is below I percent of the
galvanic current, which would exist with metal to metal contact.
2.13 PIPE SLEEVES
A. Standard IPS steel or wrought iron sleeves shall be provided wherever exposed
pipes pass through masonry walls or partitions. Pipe sleeves are to be two pipe
sizes larger than line size. Insulated piping sleeves shall be sized to allow insulation
to pass through the sleeve without gouging.
2.14 HOT WATER SPECIALTIES AND VALVES
A. Expansion tanks shall be ASME pre-charged diaphragm tanks, stamped 125 psi
working pressure. Tanks shall be supplied with a heavy-duty butyl diaphragm, ring
base, lifting rings, and an NPT system connection. An air charging valve connection
shall be provided to facilitate adjusting pre-charged pressure to meet system
conditions.
B. Air removal fitting shall be in-line type, welded steel, with internal circuiting causing
entrained air to be separated from the water. To be Spiro Vent"Air Separator", line
size, with drain valve and strainer. No substitutions will be allowed.
HVAC 15600-24
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. All shut-off valves 2-1/2 in. and larger shall be Watts Series G-4000, cast iron body,
316, steel disc and shaft, Nordel EPT seat, designed for bubbletight shutoff. Valves
to be fitted with lever operator for two position operation.
F. Gate and/or globe valves shall not be used as substitutes for the following valves
when used as balance valves.
G. Balance and/or shut-off valves 4 in. and larger - Tour & Anderson Series STAF,
neoprene seat, semi-steel body, with stainless steel or bronze top and bottom
bushings, 150 psig working pressure, 125 pound ANSI flanges, Figure 101F or
118F, G6-H12. Provide open position stop on all valves. Provide hand operators for
all valves which are 6 ft. or more above the floor.
H. Balance and/or shut-off valves 2-1/2 in. and 3 in. sizes - Tour & Anderson Series
STAF, lever operated, faced plug, neoprene seat, semi-steel body with stainless
steel or bronze top and bottom bushings, 150 psig working pressure, Figure 118.
Provide open position stops for all valves.
I. For 2 in. and smaller- Balancing valves shall be Tour & Anderson Figure STAD or
STA-D, semi-steel body, bronze plug with neoprene or Teflon resilient face, bronze
top and bottom bushings, complete with lever. Provide open position stop and
plastic cap on all valves, which are labeled 'Balance Valves" on the Drawings. All
valves at fan coil unit shall be furnished with drain kit.
J. Pump discharge check valves shall be Muessco, Williams & Hager, or Smolensky
equal to Muessco 105-DT silent type, steel body, stainless steel trim and spring,
renewable seat, 150 psig ASME rated.
2.10 THERMOMETERS
A. Thermometers shall be Moeller, Palmer, Taylor, Trerice or Weiss, equal to Taylor
30EJ31009 with aluminum case, industrial glass, red reading mercury, 9" scale
length, 2°F subdivisions. Stem length shall be sufficient to assure accurate and fast
response but in no case less than 3-1/2" nor less than one-third of pipe diameter in
which installed. Each thermometer shall be provided with a brass, monel, or
stainless steel separable socket of matching length, and with lagging extension
when installed in insulated pipe. Thermometers shall be adjustable angle type,
positioned as required to be easily seen and read from normal operator's position.
B. Ranges shall be manufacturer's standard closest to the following:
1. Hot water heating system: 25-240°F
2.11 PRESSURE GAUGES
A. Gauges shall be Ashcroft, Marsh, U.S. Gauge Company or Trerice equal to Ashcroft
"Quality" line gauges, Grade A, 1% accuracy. Each gauge shall be installed with a
HVAC 15600-23
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Motor shall be nominal integrated variable frequency drive totally enclosed fan
cooled 1750 rpm and shall be especially selected for quit operation. The horse
power of the motor shall be of such size as to insure non-overloading of the motor
throughout the pump curve without the use of motor service factor. Pump motors
shall be premium efficiency. Provide steel base.
E. Pumps shall be Grundfos Series L. No substitutions will be allowed.
2.9 VALVES
A. All valves shall be of the same make except as noted below for special valves and
shall be Crane, Watts, Walworth, or Tour & Anderson manufacture based on the
following Stockham valves. All ball valves shall be Watts, and all balancing
valves shall be Tour and Anderson. No substitutions will be allowed.
B. All water valves installed in copper tube piping shall be, in general, solder end
pattern, all bronze with iron hand wheel, rated for not less than 200 pounds non-
shock water pressure. In general, all line service valves are to be gate valves,
manual vents are to be globe type.
C. Solder end valves are as follows:
1. Gate Valves-Stockham Figure B-109.
2. Globe Valves-Stockham B-14T.
3. Check Valves-Stockham B-309.
4. Drain Valves - Watts No. B-6000 ball valve with hose adapter, cap and
chain.
5. Ball Valves-Watts Series B-6001-SS-XH.
D. Screw end and flanged valves shall be as follows:
1. Gate: 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham Figure B-120; 3 in. and larger -
Stockham Figure G-620 or G-623.
2. Globe: 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham Figure B-120 or 752; 3 in. and
larger-Stockham Figure G-609 or G-613.
3. Check: 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham Figure B-319; 3 in. and larger -
Stockham Figure G-931.
4. Ball Valves: Watts Series 600-SS-SH. ,
HVAC 15600-22
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
G. Accuracy of the instrument will be ±0.5% of velocity or ±0.05 ft/s (±0.0152m/s),
typical on a calibrated system.
1. Flow sensitivity will be 0.001 ft/s(0.3mm/s) at any flow rate including
zero.
2. The linearity of the instrument shall be 0.1% of scale.
H. The standard outputs will include a 12 bit, 5KV opto-isolated 4-20mA DC output
signal and RS232 serial interface. Optionally available will be fully
programmable SPST relay or dry contact output for remote totalization..
I. The enclosure of the transmitter will be environmentally sealed to NEMA 4X
(IP65). The enclosure material will be flame retardant fiberglass, reinforced
polyester. A NEMA 7 enclosure will optionally be available.
J. The ambient temperature limits for the transmitter will be —40 deg. To —140 deg
F. (40 deg to +60 deg C). The transducers will be capable of operating at
temperatures from —40 deg to +300 deg F. (-40 deg to + 150 deg. C).
K. The flowmeter will operate as standard from 90-132 VAC, 50/60 Hz. Supply
voltage. Optional power supplies will include 190-250 VAC, 50/60Hz., 12 VDC
nominal and 24 VDC nominal.
L. The flowmeter shall be Polysonics Model DCT 1088. No Substitutions Will Be
Allowed.
2.8 CIRCULATING PUMPS
A. The pumps shall be of the centrifugal in-line coupled type, especially designed and
constructed for quiet operation. Capacity shall be as shown on the Drawings.
B. Pump end shall be of the in-line, single stage design with close-coupled motor. The
pump models shall be furnished as shown on the plans and installed in accordance
with the manufacture's recommendations. The pump shall be capable of operating
continuously at temperatures from 5°F to 2500 (-15°C to 1210C) and working
pressures of 175 PSI (12 Bars). Pump flanges shall be ANSI B16.1, 125-lb. flat
face.
C. The pump housing, motor stool, and shaft coupling shall be constructed of close-
grained cast iron. The impeller, impeller seal ring, and pump shaft shall be
constructed of stainless steel. The impeller shall be secured to the splined pump
shaft end by means of a stainless steel lock nut and locking washer. The seal faces
shall be if tungsten carbide/carbon with other mechanical seal parts constructed of
stainless steel.
HVAC 15600-21
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. The shaft shall be constructed of C1040 ground and polished steel.
F. The bearings shall be of the ball bearing type and shall be especially
constructed for quiet operation. Bearings shall be of the self-aligning
grease pack, pillow block type, selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of
200,000 hours.
G. Motor and drive shall be belt drive with adjustable motor sheave. Motor
nameplate horsepower shall exceed brake horsepower by a minimum of 5%.
Belts shall be of the oil resistant type. Motor shall be especially designed for
quiet operation.
H. A factory wired non-fused disconnect switch shall be located under the housing
of the unit. Provide spring vibration isolators for each fan.
I. Fan shall be Greenheck Model SWB or equal by Loren-Cook or Jenn Air.
2.7 FLOW METER (To be installed on existing condensate line)
A. The flowmeter shall utilize ultrasonic, digital correlation transit time and direct
digital correlation transit time and direct digital synthesis technologies to provide
indication, totalization and signal transmission of liquid flow rate in full pipes.
B. Programming of the flowmeter will be via TimeGate, a Microsoft Windows
compatible signal analysis and configuration program. The program will
incorporate pull-down menus and pop-up windows and will provide access to an
extensive range of graphical diagnostics information, which will permit the user
to quickly determine the quality and accuracy of the flow measurement.
TimeGate will be supplied with each instrument.
C. The optional display will be an 8 digit backlit LCD indicating flow rate, signal
strength and or total.
D. The flowmeter shall have a built in microprocessor to provide for adapting
instrument hardware to existing piping and flow conditions. It shall automatically
calculate transducer spacing and read in English or Metric units. Low flow cut-
off, bi-directional totalization with selectable resolution, automatic speed of
sound calculation of measured fluid and adjustable damping shall be standard
and configurable via TimeGate..
E. The flowmeter will measure flow rates of liquids with a velocity span of t.0 to 50
ft/s (t0 to 15 m/s). A single transducer will be supplied which shall be suitable
for pipe diameter form 1 to 200 inches (25mm to 5m).
F. The transducers shall be of encapsulated design and supplied as standard, with ,.
30 ft. (9m) cable length. The maximum cable length will be 1000 ft (305m.).
HVAC 15600-20
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
a. tube handling
b. tube.,measuring
C. tube cutting
d. tube bending
e. tube repairing
f. tube connections
g. tube solvent sensitivity
h. tube UV light sensitivity
i. tube capacity and pressure drop
j. tube loop layout patterns
k. tube fastening procedures
I. manifold assembly instructions
M. manifold location
n. fitting assembly instructions
o. insulation practices
P. installation method by construction type
q. control applications
r. system start-up procedures
2. Drawings: All drawings or design plans of the radiant tubing system
shall be in accordance with manufacturer recommended procedures for
the products utilized.
3. Components: All product components of the radiant tubing system shall
be supplied by one company, including: PEX tubing, fittings, manifolds,
and other recommended and required hardware to assure a compatible
and a complete radiant tubing system.
2.6 UTILITY FAN
A. The utility vent set shall be of the centrifugal fan type completely assembled
with fan, fan scroll, motor, belt drive, motor mount and motor housing. The
capacity shall be as shown on the Drawings and certified performance tests by
AMCA shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings.
B. The fan shall be mounted and supported as shown by the detail on the
Drawings. The mounting shall be complete with vibration isolators as
recommended by the manufacturer. The unit shall be provided with weather
protection.
C. Fan housing shall be constructed of steel sheet and all parts shall be
bonderized and then coated with baked primer-finisher especially formulated to
meet stringent corrosion resistance standards. The fan scroll shall be attached
to the side plates by means of continuous lock seam or welded seam
construction. Intermittent spot welded type construction will not be acceptable.
D. The fan wheels shall be of the backwardly inclined non-overloading type.
HVAC 15600-19
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Temperature Measurements: Each supply and return manifold
shall.°have a thermometer integrated to indicate supply and return
water temperatures. Temperature readouts will assist in the
diagnostics and set up of a radiant heating system.
d. Flow Measurements: Each loop return block shall have
incremental adjustment and flow rate indication. Temperature
and flow readouts will assist in the diagnostics and set up of a
radiant heating system.
e. Balancing Valves: Each return block will provide a balancing
valve and a visual flow meter for proper balancing of the radiant
heating system allowing different loop lengths and tube sizes to
be connected to the same manifold. Each valve shall be able to
fully close to allow complete loop isolation.
f. Supply/Return Indication: Each loop supply module shall be red
to indicate incoming hot water, and each return loop module shall
be blue to indicate cooler return water.
g. Loop Isolation: Each loop supply and return module shall have a
means of fully isolating the loop from the rest of the system.
h. Piping Inlet/Outlet Size: All manifold inlets/outlets shall be 1-1/4"
NPT female, to fit maximum size plumbing and greater system
adaptability.
3. Fittings
a. Fitting Composition: Brass compression fittings consisting of nut,
ferrule and insert with a ring for connecting PEX or copper tubing
to manifold.
b. Fitting Types: Manifold to PEX tubing sizes 3/8", 1/2", 5/8" 3/4"
Manifold to 1/2" copper tubing
Hose Bib
Manifold Cap
C. Required Features: Well fitting, easily installed. Copper tubing
should not require soldering.
D. System Requirements
1. Installations: Radiant tubing systems shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. All relevant
information shall be included relating to the following:
HVAC 15600-18
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
tubing material shall be within the range of 65% to 89%
inclusive."
I. Stabilizer Migration Resistance: "When tested in accordance with
7.10 (paragraph of ASTM F876), the time t2 (t2 = time to failure of
boiled sample) shall be at least 50% of the time, t," (t, = time to
failure of unboiled sample).
m. Bend Radius: The minimum bend radius for cold bending of the
tube shall not be more than six (6) times the outside diameter for
up to a 90 degree bend. For 180 degree bends, the minimum
bend radius shall be as follows:
3/8" tubing 3.0" radius
1/2" tubing 3.75" radius
5/8" tubing 4.5" radius
3/4" tubing 5.75" radius
n. Marking: All PEX tubing shall be marked at intervals of not more
than five (5) feet in accordance with ASTM F876 as follows:
1. Nominal tubing size.
2. Type of plastic tubing material.
3. Standard dimension Ratio, SDR9.
4. Pressure rating for water and temperature for which the
pressure rating is valid.
5. ASTM designation, ASTM F876.
6. Manufacturer's name and production code.
Additional Marking
1. Date of manufacturing.
2. Oxygen diffusion protection to DIN4726.
3. Length indications in five (5) foot intervals, for ease of
measuring the tubing.
2. Manifolds: Manifolds used in PEX tubing installation shall consist of
individual loop control and adaptation utilizing modular Polyacrylamide
thermoplastic components ready for assembly. The manifold should
also include the following features:
a. Modular Design: This eliminates the need for multiple manifold
configurations and allows for future expansion.
b. Venting: Each supply and return vent/temperature module shall
have an automatic integrated air vent.
HVAC 15600-17
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
blisters, voids, foreign inclusion, or other defects that are visible
to the naked eye and that may affect the wall integrity.
f. Dimensions and Tolerances
Nominal Average Outside Minimum
Tubing Size Diameter Wall Thickness
3/8" 0.500" 0.070"
1/211 0.625" 0.070"
5/8" 0.750" 0.083"
3/4" 0.875" 0.097"
g. Density: The crosslinked polyethylene tubing material shall have
a density in the range from 0.926 to 0.949 Mg/m3.
h. Sustained Pressure:
Nominal Tube Minimum Burst Pressure Minimum
Burst Pressure
Size psi @.180°F psi @ 180°F
3/8" 250 210 "
1/211 195 165
5/8" 190 165
3/4" 190 165
i. Burst Pressure: The minimum burst pressure for PEX plastic
tubing shall be as given.
Nominal Tube Minimum Burst Pressure Minimum
Burst Pressure
Size
psi @ 180°F psi @ 180°F
3/8" 275 235
1/2" 215 185
5/8" 210 180
3/4" 210 180
j. Environmental Stress Cracking: "There shall be no loss of
pressure in the tubing when tested in accordance with 7.9"
(paragraph of ASTM F876).
k. Degree of Crosslinking: "When tested in accordance with 7.9,
(paragraph of ASTM F876), the degree of crosslinking for PEX
HVAC 15600-16
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
tow NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.5 RADIANT HEATING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
A. Scope of Work
1. This Specification is to provide relevant product data for a radiant tubing
system consisting of PEX tubing with oxygen permeation protection,
distribution manifolds and associated fittings.
B. References
1. American Society of Testing and Materials, Standard Specification F876,
entitled "Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing".
2. American Society of Testing and Materials, Standard Specification F877
entitled, "Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot and Cold Water
Distribution Systems".
3. German Standard DIN 4726, "Pipelines of plastic materials used in warm
water floor heating systems".
C. Materials
1. Tube
a. Tube Composition: Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) in
accordance with ASTM F876.
b. Manufacturing Method: All PEX tubing shall be manufactured
using the "electron beam method of crosslinking, performed at
ambient temperature and pressure.
C. Working Pressure/Temperature: The minimum continuous
working pressure rating of the PEX tubing shall be 100 psi @ 180
F working temperature and 80 psi @ 200 F working temperature.
d. Physical Properties: As supplied by Embassy Industries, Inc., all
PEX tubing shall conform to ASTM F876 "American Society of
Testing and materials, Standard Specification F876 entitled,
"Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing", and German Standard
DIN 4726 for "Oxygen Permeation" as related to the following
paragraphs:
e. Tubing: The tubing shall be homogeneous throughout and
essentially uniform in color, opacity, density, and other properties.
The inside and outside surfaces shall be matte or glossy in
appearance. the tubing walls shall be free of cracks, holes,
HVAC 15600-15
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. The Drawings shall not be submitted to the Engineer for approval until the ductwork
has been coordinated with all other trades. The Sheet Metal Contractor shall
assume the responsibility for and bear the cost of any alterations required after
approval because of inaccurate Shop Drawings or lack of proper coordination, and
also for any changes in sheet metal erected prior to approval of Shop Drawings.
2.3 AIR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, AND REGISTERS
A. Diffusers, grilles, and registers shall be Anemostat-Waterloo, Titus, or Barber
Colman, equal to those specified in the Following paragraphs. See Drawings for
sizes, cfm's, locations, and qualities of various types. In general, all units shall be
installed with face bars parallel to floor or nearest wall. All volume control dampers
shall be key operated. Finish for all diffusers, grilles, and registers to be factory
finished with color selected by the Engineer.
B. Ceiling Exhaust or Return Register (CER) or (CRR) - Titus Model 350FUAG-15
aluminum deflected blade register, off-white finish, with opposed blade damper.
C. Top Exhaust Register (TER) — Titus Model 350 FUAG-15, Aluminum construction,
double deflection, white finish, with opposed blade damper.
D. Top Supply Registers (TSR) — Titus Model 300 FUAG-15 adjustable double
deflected Aluminum Bar with Y4'spacing and type-11 border.
E. Bottom Return Register (BRR) - Titus Model 33 RFL 380 deflection register with
opposed blade damper.
F. Ceiling diffuser (CDA) — Titus Model TCDA fixed blade ceiling diffuser register with
opposed blade damper.
G. Slot diffuser (SD-A) — Lindab Model RGS — adjustable double deflection aluminum
grille with extraction damper.
2.4 LOUVERS
A. All wall louvers shall be extruded aluminum construction, equal to the following
Ruskin Mfg. Co. model.
1. Type "A" - No. ELF375D with box frame, extended sill, 1/2" aluminum mesh
bird screen, and Kynar 500 finish.
HVAC 15600-14
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
construction with blades of an interlocking design, having two folded guides which
serve as stops. Fusible links shall be equal to Grinnell Fig. 1351, 20 pounds, issue
A. Dampers shall be installed according to latest edition of NFPA-90A, mounted
with 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" returning angles on both sides of partition, wall, or floor,
and sleeves as per the UL test under which the damper fire rating was obtained.
Angles shall completely close the wall opening and provide anchorage to the
dampers. Damper blade stack shall not reduce duct free area.
P. Where called for on Drawings, final connections to diffusers and registers shall be
made with flexible ductwork, UL listed, Class 1. To be Thermaflex S-LP-10 for
exhaust/retum, M-KA for supply, or equal. Joints shall be sealed with duct tape and
Thermaflex duct straps. Connection to rigid ductwork shall be made with spun
conical taps.
Q. Flexible Air Duct:
1. Flexible air duct shall be Wiremold, Thermoflex, Cleveflex, or equal, and
shall be equal to Wiremold Type CRK Vanguard Duct.
2. Flexible duct shall be manufactured from fully annealed aluminum and
formed into a multiple corrugated construction, then encased with 1 inch, 3/4
lb. density fiberglass blanket and sheathed with a vinyl vapor barrier. The
duct shall have an inside-bending radius of not more than 3/4 inch I.D. It
must comply with the latest NFPA Bulletin 90A and be listed as Class 1 air
duct, UL Standard 181. Duct shall have published pressure ratings of not
less than 10 ft. S.A. positive pressure, .5 inch W.A. negative pressure. Duct
shall also be UL rated for velocities up to 6,500 F.P.M.E.
R. Flexible Connections: Provide, in each duct connection to every air handling unit
and fan, 30 ounce double neoprene coated woven glass fabric flexible connection
not less than 4" long securely held to retaining clamps.
S. All exhaust ducts serving shower shall be aluminum.
T. Install duct-type smoke detectors furnished by the Electrical Subcontractor.
U. Acoustically lined duct work shall be double wall duct with perforated liner and 2"
thick, 3.0 lb. density insulation. Equal to McGill "Acousticliner" or equal. Install lined
duct on the first 10'-0"of the supply and return of each air handling system.
2.2 DUCTWORK SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Layout and details shall clearly indicate compliance with the above Specifications.
Any variations in design details, fittings, or accessory items for which approval is
requested shall be specifically marked on the Drawings, as shall any major
variations from the Drawing (minor variations are assumed to be field conditions).
Drawings for Fan Room shall be at 3/8 in. = 1 ft. 0 in. scale.
HVAC 15600-13
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
H. Sheet metal screws 3/4" #10 may be used to attach stiffener angles to ductwork to
secure seams, spaced not over 12" on centers and not less than two per side of 12"
or more, except where specified otherwise. Button punching shall not be used
except for pre-erection attachment of fittings.
I. Provide hinged galvanized steel access and inspection doors opposite each manual
damper, reheat coil, at each fire damper, and at every duct mounted control device.
Doors shall be equal to Buensod-Stacey Type S-2 of rigid construction with cast
type rotary latches. Where space limitations do not allow for full swing of the access
door, two rotary type latches shall be used. Doors located in insulated ducts shall
be furnished with extended frames to serve as a stop for insulation. Insulate doors
located in insulated ductwork. All doors shall be gasketed. Door shall be 12" by 12"
minimum except where limited by duct width and shall be larger where necessary for
access to fire damper fusible links or other devices.
J. Hangers for all rectangular ducts 4 sq. ft. in area or above shall be round bar type
fastened to 1-1/4"x 1-1/4"x 1/8" angles under the ducts. Ducts less than 4 sq. ft. in
area shall be hung with black 1"x 1/16" strap iron bent 1" under bottom side of the
duct and fastened to the duct with sheet metal screws, using not less than two
screws per side and as many more so that they are not greater than 6"centers.
K. Hangers are to be placed on not greater than 8'-0" centers or closer where required
so that the ductwork can support the weight of a man at any point.
L. Wherever sound insulation lining is called for, the sheet metal duct size shown on
the Drawings must be increased to provide the clear inside dimensions or cross
sectional area shown on the Drawings.
M. Duct joint sealing, reinforcing, flanges, etc. for rectangular sheet metal ducts shall be
based on maintaining airtight ducts at 2" WG Maximum static pressure with
maximum leakage of 5% of total fan capacity; 1/2 of 1% for round and oval ducts.
All joints in ductwork shall be sealed with U.L. classified United Duct Sealer, or
equal.
N. Duct systems shall have sufficient volume dampers, whether or not shown, to
control and adjust the total volume of each system, each zone, in each branch and
at each diffuser or grille. The HVAC Contractor shall consult with the College's
Balancing Contractor for the proper placement of volume dampers prior to
installation. Volume dampers shall be of the butterfly type with 18 gauge galvanized
iron blade. All dampers shall be equipped with Duro-Dyne Type UNXLD locking
quadrant. All dampers shall be provided with damper bearings on each end of shaft
mounted on a 2" x 3" x 1/8" plate held to duct with sheet metal screws. Maximum
width of single blades shall be 14". Splitter dampers shall not be used.
O. Provide where shown or indicated on the Drawings fire and/or smoke dampers with
a UL label for not less than 1-1/2 hour fire protection rating in accordance with UL- -amok
555 continuing inspection service. Blades and frame shall be galvanized steel
HVAC 15600-12
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 2-MATERIALS
2.1 SHEET METAL WORK
A. All duct runs shall be checked for clearances before installation of any ductwork.
Above hung ceilings, duct locations and elevations must be co-ordinated with work
of other trades to avoid conflicts with structure, piping, conduit and light fixtures.
B. All sheet metal ducts shall be constructed of galvanized steel sheet of bend forming
quality.
C. Duct construction shall be in accordance with best practices and latest ASHRAE or
SMACNA requirements for metal gauges, joints, reinforcing and supports. All
exposed ductwork shall be constructed and hung to provide a neat, smooth,
finished appearance. Cadmium plated sheet metal screws shall be used on all
exposed ductwork. Ducts shall be free from thumping or rattling when fans are
turned on or off.
D. Duct sizes shall be strictly followed and no changes in shape or dimensions shall be
made by the HVAC Contractor without first obtaining approval from the Engineer,
except that duct shall be offset as required to clear structural members and to co-
,,., ordinate with other trades and any duct changes must meet the latest ASHRAE and
SMACNA standards.
E. The center line radius of all duct elbows where shown on the Drawings shall be at
least one and one-half times the width of the duct. Where building conditions do not
allow for this radius or where square turns are shown, manufactured double walled
duct turns equal to Aero-Dyne or Tuttle & Bailey shall be used in the supply or
exhaust air ducts and "Sonotru" acoustical attenuating turns as manufactured by
South Control Products Co. shall be used in any air ducts where acoustical
insulation is included.
F. Duct sections T-6" wide or less shall be butted together and jointed with flat drive
cleats 2-1/8" wide. Top and bottom cleats shall be cut flush with duct and side
cleats bent over to make a tight joint. Standing bar slips as specified for ducts over
18"may be used at the HVAC Contractor's option.
G. Ducts from 18" to 30" wide shall be jointed with 1/2" standing bar slips made of
metal the same as or heavier than duct sheets. Joints in ducts with either dimension
over 30" shall have 1" standing bar slips on those sides over 30". Where sides are
over 42", the standing bar slips will be reinforced with 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" angles.
Additional angle stiffeners not over 60" apart shall be provided between joints.
Ducts over 60" in width shall be jointed with 1-1/2" x 1/8" angle irons riveted to
ductwork on all sides with 1/8" rivets at not more than 4-1/2" on centers, sections
bolted with 3/16" stove bolts at not over 6" centers, sheets turned over angles into
joint at least 1/4".
HVAC 15600-11
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS .
2. Structural, partition/room layout, ceiling grid, and other information needed for
co-ordination including bottom of steel elevations.
3. All fire walls and smoke partitions.
4. Equipment layouts and egress routes for equipment removal.
5. Sheet metal work layout including bottom of duct elevations.
6. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning, Plumbing, and Fire Protection pipe
routing including center line of pipe elevations.
7. Valves including valve tag numbers.
8. Access panels.
9. Electrical light fixtures, cable trays, panelboards, etc.
Each trade shall show his work on the background Drawings with appropriate
elevations and grid dimensions. Drawing shall indicate horizontal and vertical
dimensions to avoid interference with structural framing, ceilings, partitions, and other
services.
D. Fabrication shall not begin until the final mylar transparencies of all co-ordination
drawings have been reviewed and approved by the Architect. Review of coordination
Drawings shall not diminish the responsibility under this Contract for final co-
ordination of installation and maintenance clearances of all systems and equipment
with the architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, and other work.
E. Drawings shall indicate adequate clearance for operation, maintenance, and
replacement of operating equipment devices. If equipment is disapproved, drawings
shall be revised to show acceptable equipment and be resubmitted.
F. The approval of equipment does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of
Shop Drawing errors in details, sizes, quantities, wiring diagram, arrangement, and
dimensions which deviate from the Specifications, Contract Drawings, and/or job
conditions as they exist. Unless the Contractor specifically requests in writing,
changes, substitutions, or deletions of specific Contract Document requirements with
respect to any submissions, approval of the Shop Drawing by the Architect does not
constitute acceptance. Approval of shop drawings containing errors does not relieve
the Contractor from making corrections at his expense.
HVAC 15600-10
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
HVAC Contractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own
expense. '
B. All holes larger than 4" in diameter shall be provided by the General Contractor.
C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new
walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for
pipes where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly located. The HVAC
Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers.
D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by
the General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen.
E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner.
F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor
slab is to remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the
HVAC Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an
approved manner.
1.19 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Division 1.
B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the Contract Drawings whether by
change order or by field conditions. Principal dimensions of concealed work, fire
dampers, volume dampers, control dampers and control valves, and for piping
installation, valve numbers shall be added to these Drawings prior to submittal to the
Engineer. In addition to the above all revised areas shall be clearly marked with a
revision bubble.
1.20 CO-ORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. This Contractor shall prepare a complete set of mylar background Drawings at
minimum 1/4 in. equals 1 ft. 0 in. showing architectural and structural features and
other information as needed for coordination layout. Background Drawings shall be
prepared under this Section.
B. Circulate mylars among trades as necessary to show all information outlined below.
Each trade shall sign and date each coordination Drawing. Co-ordinate all conflicts
between trades prior to submitting drawing to the Architect.
C. The information to be contained on the Drawings shall include, but not be limited to,
the following:
1. Insert and sleeve locations if required by the Architect.
HVAC 15600-9
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment until finally inspected,
tested, and accepted; protect work against theft, injury, or damage; and carefully
store material and equipment received on site which is not immediately installed.
Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during construction to
prevent entry of obstructing or foreign material.
C. Work under each Section includes receiving, unloading, uncrating, storing,
protecting, setting in place, and connecting-up completely any equipment supplied
under each Section. Work under each Section shall also include exercising special
care in handling and protecting equipment and fixtures, and shall include the cost of
replacing any of the equipment and fixtures which are missing or damaged by
reason of mishandling or failure to protect on the part of the HVAC Contractor.
D. Equipment and material stored on the job site shall be protected from the weather,
vehicles, dirt, and/or damage by workmen or machinery. Insure that all electrical or
absorbent equipment or material is protected from moisture during storage.
1.17 CLEANING
A. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean and flush all piping, ducts, and equipment of
all foreign substances inside and out before being placed in operation. Thoroughly
flush all piping of any oils, burrs, solder, and flux. Replace strainers and filters at
completion of cleaning.
B. If any part of a system should be stopped or damaged by any foreign matter after
being placed in operation, the system shall be disconnected, cleaned, and
reconnected at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. During the course of construction, all ducts and pipes shall be capped to insure
adequate protection against the entrance of foreign matter.
D. Keep the job site free from the accumulation of waste material and rubbish. Upon
completion of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall remove from the
premises all rubbish, debris, and excess materials left over from his work. Any oil or
grease stains on floor areas caused by the Contractor shall be removed and floor
areas left clean.
1.18 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4" in diameter or smaller, required
for the installation of HVAC in the building, shall be performed by the HVAC
Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such
time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural
supports (ie. beams or joists) is not allowed without written approval by the Architect.
Location for openings, etc. shall be checked by the HVAC Contractor, and error due
to failure to co-ordinate work with other divisions shall be the responsibility of the ,,k
HVAC 15600-8
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Furnish the Engineer, for approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and
Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover the words
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL, the name and location of the
equipment or the building, the name of the Contractor, and the Contract number.
The manual shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each
section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of
drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved
equivalent.
C. The manual shall include the following information:
1. Description of systems.
2. Description of start up, operation, and shutdown procedures for each item of
equipment.
3. Winter/summer changeover procedures.
4. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of
equipment.
5. Lubrication chart.
6. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and
control of each item of equipment.
7. Valve chart.
8. List of recommended spare parts.
9. Copies of all service contracts.
10. Performance curves for pumps, fans, etc.
11. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Contractors as well
as the local representative for each item of equipment.
D. See the "Automatic Temperature Control' paragraphs of this Section for additional
requirements.
1.16 PROTECTION
A. Work under each Section shall include protecting the work and material of all other
Sections from damage by work or workmen, and shall include making good all
damage thus caused.
HVAC 15600-7
HVAC, RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
responsible for the proper protection of all his materials until the building is accepted
by the Owner.
1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his
Subcontract shall be provided by the HVAC Contractor.
B. The HVAC Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120
volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric power from the General Contractor to drive his
machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets,
etc.
C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be
removed by the HVAC Contractor.
1.13 WORK CONCEALED
A. All piping and ductwork shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage
rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms, unless specifically
noted otherwise on the Drawings.
B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an exterior
exposure above grade.
1.14 GUARANTEE
A. The HVAC Contractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all
parts for a period of one (1) year after date of substantial completion, and shall
agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be
defective during this period.
B. The HVAC Contractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by
defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment
caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer.
C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance
shall be considered as being defective.
1.15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper
Owner's representative in all details of operation for equipment installed. Supply
qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that
Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance
procedures. This Contractor shall video tape the instruction procedures and deliver
three (3) copies of the tape with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
HVAC 15600-6
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
' NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. The HVAC Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work.
1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS
A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of
water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in
Division 1.
1.10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The HVAC Contractor shall refer to all the Drawings of interior details, plans,
elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are
intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and
any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the
Subcontract requirements.
B. The Plans and Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or
reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be
considered as called for or reasonably implied in both.
C. The HVAC Contractor shall assume all responsibility in scaling measurements from
the Drawings.
D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets,
fittings and accessories that may be required. The HVAC Contractor shall carefully
investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall
arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves, and
accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost.
E. The HVAC Contractor shall consult the College's Temperature Control and
Balancing Contractor to co-ordinate work of these trades and to have a full
comprehension of the work to be done as well as to determine the conditions
affecting the location and placement of all equipment and materials.
1.11 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: The HVAC Contractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and
fixtures to the building site when required so as to cant'on his work efficiently and to
avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. Delivery and storage of materials
and equipment must be co-ordinated with the Smith College Physical Plant, and is
limited to areas designated by the College.
B. Storage and Handling: The HVAC Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his work
and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss, which may occur,
shall be made good without expense to the Owner. The HVAC Contractor shall be
HVAC 15600-5
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
condensing unit, Trane, McQuay or International fan coil units, Watts ball valves,
Grundfos pumps, Tour and Anderson balancing valves, Tunstall steam traps.
B. The HVAC Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a
qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the General Requirements.
1.6 PRODUCTS
A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials shall be new,
full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function
properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same
brand of manufacturer for each class or category of material or equipment.
Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters
Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their
requirements and be so labeled.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the HVAC Contractor shall submit to
the Engineer six (6) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, or Shop
Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be
furnished on the project. In addition to the above, one (1) set of Shop Drawings
shall be submitted to the College's HVAC Department for review and approval.
B. The HVAC Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance
with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Engineer for review,
making any and all changes which may be required.
C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from
any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings
and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with
the HVAC Contractor.
D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which
Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in
accordance with the Specifications, the Contractor will be required to remove such
materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by
the Engineer.
1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS
A. The HVAC Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work.
He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges
incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all
responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they 'Oak,
relate to his part of the work.
HVAC 15600-4
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in
question.
D. The HVAC Contractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in
order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information
pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other
trades requiring such information. The HVAC Contractor shall also furnish all
sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the
General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the
HVAC Contractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear
the extra expense involved due to such failure.
E. The arrangement of all piping, ductwork, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the
Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this
work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs,
bends, offsets, etc. The HVAC Contractor shall lay out all his work at the site and
be responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the
determining factor for all measurements.
F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting
and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and
cable runs shall be performed by the Contractor installing such items.
G. The HVAC Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and
materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or
injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall
be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be
protected by suitable means.
H. The HVAC Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed
under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner.
I. The HVAC Contractor shall check the Plans and Specifications before ordering any
materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the
attention of the Engineer before proceeding with the work.
J. Before submitting his bid, the HVAC Contractor shall visit the site with the Drawings
and Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting
his work since the HVAC Contractor will be held responsible for any assumption he
may make in regard thereto.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section
will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements.
No substitution will be allowed for the Trane, York, or McQuay air handling units and
HVAC 15600-3
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
11. Air and water balance, tests, start-up. All water and air testing and balancing
shall be preformed by "Wings Testing and Balancing, Inc and billed
directly to the College."
12. Guarantee.
13. Instructions.
14. Record Drawings.
15. Demolition, removal from site and legal disposal of all existing heating and
ventilating systems and equipment, made obsolete by new construction. All
piping and equipment shall be the property of the College and shall be
delivered to such places designated by the College.
1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES, AND INSPECTIONS
A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the
Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code
and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions
of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter
shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes,
rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Engineer rules
otherwise.
B. The HVAC Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials'
instructions at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The HVAC Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a
regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also
exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious
laying out of his work.
B. The HVAC Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the
Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly
as if the HVAC Contractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent
shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Engineer after
construction work begins.
C. The HVAC Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to
the building premises or adjoining property or to other Contractors' work resulting
from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever, and in case of
dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the HVAC
Contractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the HVAC Contractor that such
liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Engineer whose
HVAC 15600-2
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 15600
4 HVAC
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, applicable parts of
Division 1, and conditions of the Contract as part of this Section.
B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements, which affect work
under this, Section whether or not, such work is specifically mentioned in this
Section.
C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this
Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under
the Contract.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and
+, reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all HVAC work specified herein
and/or indicated on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following;
1. Steam to water heat exchanger.
2. Fan coil units.
3. Pex tubing system and manifold.
4. Piping systems for hot water, chilled water, steam supply and condensate
return, including pumps, heat exchanger valves, and specialties.
5. Duct systems for make up air exhaust and air conditioning, including fire
dampers, registers, louvers,and terminal boxes air handling units.
6. Exhaust fans.
7. Insulation for piping, ductwork, and equipment.
8. Energy management(building automation) system. All temperature control
work shall be by Yankee Technology, Inc.
9. Chiller, chiller barrel, refrigerant and all related controls.
10. Installation of and connection to equipment furnished by others.
HVAC 15600-1
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Alternate No. 1 —All work in the Laundry Building
If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the Drawings and in the
Specifications as Alternate No. 1 shall be included in addition to the respective
portions of the Work indicated in the Base Bid.
1. All bidders and trades are responsible for reviewing the drawings,
specifications and details to determine how this alternate affects their
work, and indicating the cost of the alternate on the bid form.
D. Alternate No. 2—Delete chiller and chiller barrel
If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the Drawings and in the
Specifications as Alternate No. 2 shall be deducted from the respective portions of
the Work indicated in the Base Bid.
1. Work of this trade is not effected by this Alternate.
2. All bidders and trades are responsible for reviewing the drawings,
specifications and details to determine how this alternate affects their
work, and indicating the cost of the alternate on the bid form.
E. Alternate No. 3— Replace all existing sprinkler heads.
If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the Drawings and in the
Specifications as Alternate No. 3 shall be included in addition to the respective
portions of the Work indicated in the Base Bid.
1. Replace all existing sprinkler heads in the building with new quick response
type heads.
2. All bidders and trades are responsible for reviewing the drawings,
specifications and details to determine how this alternate affects their
work, and indicating the cost of the alternate on the bid form.
F. Alternate No. 4—Install window seat in Fiction Room.
If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the Drawings and in the
Specifications as Alternate No. 4 shall be included in addition to the respective
portions of the work indicated in the base bid.
1. Furnish and install a new window seat in Fiction Room 203 to conceal the
new ductwork.
2. All bidders and trade are responsible for reviewing the drawings,
POW specifications and details to determine how this alternate affects their
work, and indicating the cost of the alternate on the bid form.
END OF SECTION
Fire Protection 15300-23
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
K. Flanged Joints: Align flanged surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt
tightening to make.1nitial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as
possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and
uniformly to appropriate torque specified by the bolt manufacturer.
L. Mechanical Grooved Joints: Cut or roll grooves on pipe ends dimensionally
compatible with the couplings.
M. End Treatment: After cutting pipe lengths, remove burrs and fins from pipe ends.
3.4 VALVE INSTALLATIONS
A. General: Install fire protection specialty valves, fittings, and specialties in
accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions, NFPA 13 and 14, and the
authority having jurisdiction.
B. Gate Valves: Install supervised open gate valves so located to control all sources of
water supply except fire department connections. Where there is more than one
control valve, provide permanently marked identification signs indicating the portion
of the system controlled by each valve.
C. Alarm Check Valves: Install valves in the vertical position in proper direction of flow
including the bypass check valve and retard chamber drain line connection.
Install valve trim in accordance with the valve manufacturer's appropriate trim
diagram. Test valve for proper operation.
3.5 FINAL CLOSEOUT
A. Identification: Apply signs to control, drain, test, and alarm valves identifying there
purpose and function. Provide lettering size and style selected by
Architect/Engineer from NFPA's suggested styles.
B. Adjustments: Place the system in operation with controls functioning. Adjust
controls and apparatus for proper operation. Test thermometers and gauges for
accuracy over the entire range. Remove and replace items found defective.
3.6 ALTERNATES
A. See Section 01230 for a general description of the Base and Alternate Bids. Work
of the Fire Protection Subcontractor is more specifically described below.
B. The Base Bid shall be the lump sum price for all labor and materials necessary for
and reasonably incidental to providing all plumbing work specified and shown on the
Drawings, less the cost of all extra work described in the Alternates.
Fire Protection 15300-22
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Application
1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids.
Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where
necessary.
2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with
sealing compound.
3. Install fire safing around all pipe penetrations and sleeves passing through
fire walls, ceilings, floors, etc.
3.3 INTERIOR PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Install sprinkler piping to provide for system drainage in accordance with NFPA 13.
B. Use approved fittings to make all changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains,
and reductions in pipe sizes.
C. Install unions in pipes 2" and smaller adjacent to each valve. Unions are not
required on flanged devices or in piping installations using grooved mechanical
couplings.
low
D. Install flanges or flange adapters on valves, apparatus, and equipment having 2-1/2
and larger connections.
E. Hangers and Supports: Comply with the requirements of NFPA 13 and NFPA 14.
Hanger and support spacing and locations for piping joined with grooved
mechanical couplings shall be in accordance with the grooved mechanical coupling
manufacturer's written instructions for rigid systems.
F. Make connections between underground and above ground piping using an
approved transition piece strapped or fastened to prevent separation.
G. Install sleeve at pipe penetrations in basement and foundation walls. Refer to
Division 15 Section, 'Basic Materials and Methods".
H. Install test connections sized and located in accordance with NFPA 13 complete
with shutoff valve. Test connections may also serve as drain pipes.
I. Install pressure gauge on the riser or feed main at or near each test connection.
Provide gauge with a connection not less than 1/4" and having a soft metal seated
globe valve arranged for draining pipe between gauge and valve. Install gauges to
permit removal and where they will not be subject to freezing.
J. Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI B1.20.1, tapered pipe threads for field cut
threads. Join pipe, fittings, and valves as follows.
Fire Protection 15300-21
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. After flushing system, test fire sprinkler piping hydrostatically, for period of 2 hours,
at not less than 200 psi or at 50 psi in excess of maximum static pressure when
maximum static pressure is in excess of 150 psi. Check system for leakage of
joints. Measure hydrostatic pressure at low point of each system of zone being
tested. Test dry-pipe hydrostatically except, in freezing conditions, test with air at
pressures not less than 50 psi, for period of 2 hours. Check system for leakage.
Leave differential dry-valve clappers open during test, to prevent damage.
C. Repair or replace piping system as required to eliminate leakage in accordance with
ANSI/NFPA standards for "little or no leakage", and retest as specified to
demonstrate compliance. Do not use chemicals, stop-leak compounds, mastics, or
other temporary repair methods.
3.2 FIRE SAFING
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the
work including, but not limited to the following:
1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers, including all penetrations
through existing plaster ceiling for the installation of Attic sprinklers.
2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers.
3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings.
4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway
walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen,
and machine rooms.
B. Safing Insulation
1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG
Interiors, Inc. or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness
by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings.
2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors.
C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound as
manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire
safing.
D. Preparation
1. At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetrations for pipes and
perimeters.
Fire Protection 15300-20
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
c. Spare sprinklers shall be provided in one 12-head cabinet equal to
Reliable,,Model A-1 cabinet. Each cabinet shall have an assortment of
heads as used on the job and also an approved type sprinkler head
wrench; mount cabinet in alarm check valve area.
d. Head guards shall be equal to Reliable Model 1 for upright sprinklers in
gymnasium &stage area.
e. Drain and test connections shall be equal to AGF Model 1000 with sight
glass, and test orifice.
f. Horizontal sidewall sprinkler heads shall be Reliable Model "E" with
chrome finish, temperature 165° F., unless noted otherwise.
g. Dry horizontal sidewall shall be equal to Reliable Model H-1, 1" NPT,
165°F.
h. Tamper switches shall be equal to Potter Electrical Signal Company,
Model OSYS-B, small case, and shall be installed on all control
valves for the sprinkler system.
i. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire protection
specialties of the following Grinnell Fire Protection Systems, Co.,
Inc., Viking Corporation, or equal.
j. Flush mounted Fire Department pumper connection shall be wall
mounted Stortz with chains, all with rough chrome-plated finish and
lettering on escutcheon reading, "Automatic Sprinkler", equal to
Potter-Roemer. Hose connection sizes and threads shall match
Northampton Fire Department standards.
k. Automatic ball drips, as manufactured by Potter-Roemer shall be Fig.
5982, size 3/4", of straight design in case brass. Install in horizontal
position only.
I. Swing Check valve shall be equal to Central, Model "80"with tapping
for automatic ball drip, size as required.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 CLEANING AND TESTING
A. Prior to connecting sprinkler risers for flushing, flush water feed mains, lead-in
connections and control portions of sprinkler piping. After fire sprinkler-piping
installation has been completed and before piping is placed in service, flush entire
sprinkler system, as required to remove foreign substances, under pressure as
specified in ANSI/NFPA 13. Continue flushing until water is clear, and check to
ensure that debris has not clogged sprinklers.
Fire Protection 15300-19
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
b. Flanged End, 2-1/2" and Larger. FM, UL listed, 175 psi, iron body
bronze mounted, solid wedge, outside screw and yoke, rising stem.
Crane: 467
Fairbanks: 0412
Hammond: IR1154
Jenkins: 825-A
Stockham: G-634
Walworth: 8713-F
3. Check Valves
a. 2-1/2" and Larger: FM, 175 psi, iron body bronze mounted,
renewable composition disc and bronze seat ring, bolted cover,
flanged ends.
Fairbanks: 0711
Jenkins: 729
Stockham: G-940
Walworth: 8883-LT
4. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment,
including valves in branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of
piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate support
can be provided when necessary.
5. Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical position where possible, but
in no case with stems pointed downward from horizontal plane unless
unavoidable.
F. Fire Protection Specialties
1. Provide fire protection specialties, UL listed, in accordance with the following
listing. Provide sizes and types, which mate and match piping and
equipment connections. All sprinkler heads shall be Viking or Reliable. No
Substitutions Allowed. All alarm valves shall be Reliable No Substitution
Allowed.
a. Upright sprinkler heads shall be Reliable Corp., Model "M" standard
upright sprinkler head,.rough brass. Temperature rating 165°F or as
required by the insurance underwriter.
b. Semi-recessed dry pendant sprinkler heads shall be Reliable Model "M"
chrome plated head with Type "F-1" recessed escutcheon, rated at
165°F unless otherwise noted; to be installed in all occupied spaces.
Fire Protection 15300-18
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
6. Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly
from building structure; comply with MSS SP-69. Arrange for grouping of
parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type
hangers where possible. Install supports with maximum spacing complying
with MSS SP-69. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together
by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install
intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Do not use wire or
perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from other
piping.
7. Support sprinkler piping independently of other piping.
8. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems
and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors and to facilitate
action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends and similar
units.
9. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide pipe slopes and so that
maximum pipe deflections allowed to ANSI B31 Pressure Piping Codes are
not exceeded.
10. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on
attachments.
E. Valves
1. Provide factory-fabricated valves recommended by manufacturer for use in
service indicated. Provide valves of types and pressure ratings indicated;
provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation
requirements. Provide end connections, which properly mate with pipe,
tube, and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated,
selection is Installer's option.
a. Unless otherwise indicated, provide valves of same size as upstream
pipe size.
b. Provide handwheels, fastened to valve stem, for valves other than
quarter-tum.
2. Gate Valves
a. Threaded End, 2" and Smaller: FM, UL-listed, 175 psi, bronze body,
solid wedge, outside screw and yoke, rising stem.
Crane: 459
Fairbanks: 0222
Hammond: IB681
Jenkins: 275U
Stockham: B-133
Walworth: 904
Fire Protection 15300-17
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Provide factory-fabricated hanger-rod attachments complying with MSS SP-
58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit
horizontal piping hangers and building attachments, in accordance with MSS
SP-69 and manufacturers published product information. Use only one type
by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hanger-rod
attachments to suit hanger rods.
a. Steel Tumbuckles: MSS Type 13.
b. Swivel Tumbuckles: MSS Type 15.
C. Malleable Iron Sockets: MSS Type 16.
d. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts: MSS Type 17.
3. Provide factory-fabricated building attachments complying with MSS SP-58,
of one of the following types listed, selected by Installer to suit building
substrate conditions, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's
published product information. Select size of building attachments to suit
hanger rods.
a. Top Beam C-Clamps: MSS Type 19.
b. Side Beam or Channel Clamps: MSS Type 20.
C. C-Clamps: MSS Type 23.
d. Side Beam Clamps: MSS Type 27.
e. Malleable Beam Clamps: MSS Type 30.
4. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hangers and supports of
one of the following:
B-Line Systems Inc.
Carpenter and Patterson, Inc.
Comer& Lada Co., Inc.
Elcen Metal Products Co.
Fee&Mason Mfg. Co.
ITT Grinnell Corp.
5. Install building attachments at required locations on structural steel for
proper piping support. Space attachments within maximum piping span
length indicated on MSS SP-69. Install additional building attachments
where support is required for additional concentrated loads, including valves,
flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of
piping. "
Fire Protection 15300-16
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
sloped to drain. Provide temporary support of sleeves during
placement of concrete and other work around sleeves, and provide
temporary closure to prevent concrete and other materials from
entering sleeves.
d. Sleeve Seals: Install in accordance with the following:
Fill and pack annular space between sleeve and pipe with
oakum, caulk with lead, on both sides.
2. Provide pipe escutcheons as specified herein with inside diameter closely
fitting pipe outside diameter or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is
insulated. Select outside diameter of escutcheon to completely cover pipe
sleeve and extension, if any. Furnish pipe escutcheons with nickel or
chrome finish for occupied areas; prime paint finish for unoccupied areas.
a. Pipe Escutcheons for all areas: Provide chrome plated sheet steel
escutcheons, solid or split hinged.
b. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pipe escutcheons
of one of the following:
Chicago Specialty Mfg. Co.
Producers Specialty&Mfg. Co.
Sanitary-Dash Mfg. Co.
C. Install pipe escutcheons on each pipe penetration through floors,
walls, partitions, and ceilings where penetration is exposed to view;
and on exterior of building. Secure escutcheon to pipe so
escutcheon covers penetration hole, and is flush with adjoining
surface.
D. Supports, Anchors, and Seals
1. Provide factory-fabricated piping hangers and supports complying with MSS
SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit
piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's
published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for
each piping service. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe
size.
a. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers: MSS Type 1, for piping larger than
4".
b. Adjustable Steel Band Hangers: MSS Type 7, for piping 4"and less.
C. Two-Bolt Riser Clamps: MSS Type 8.
Fire Protection 15300-15
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
occupied spaces, conceal piping from view, by locating in column enclosures, in
hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings; do not encase horizontal runs
in solid partitions, except as indicated.
E. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not run piping through transformer vaults, Elevator
Machine Room, and other electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures
unless unavoidable. Install drip pan under piping that must be run through electrical
spaces. Any piping intended to be run through electrical spaces shall be reviewed
by the Architect prior to installation.
F. Thread pipe in accordance with ANSI B2.1; cut threads full and clean using sharp
dies. Ream threaded ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Apply
pipe joint compounder pipe joint tape (Teflon) where recommended by pipe/fitting
manufacturer, on male threads at each joint and tighten joint to leave not more than
3 threads exposed.
G. Flanged Joints: Match flanges within piping system, and at connections with valves
and equipment. Clean flange faces and install gaskets. Tighten bolts to provide
uniform compression of gaskets.
H. Grooved Pipe Joints: Comply with fitting manufacturer's instructions for making
grooves in pipe ends. Remove burrs and ream pipe ends. Assemble joints in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
I. Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and
prepare for application of specified coatings (if any).
J. Provide temporary equipment for testing, including pump and gages. Test each
natural section of each piping system independently, but do not use piping system
valves to isolate sections where test pressures exceed valve pressure rating. Fill
each section with water and pressurize for indicated pressure and time.
1. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves of one of the following:
a. Steel Pipe: Fabricate from schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe;
remove burrs.
b. Sleeve Seals: Provide sleeve seals for sleeves located in foundation
walls below grade, or in exterior walls, caulked between sleeve and
pipe.
C. Install pipe sleeves of types indicated where piping passes through
walls, floors, ceilings and roofs. Do not install sleeves through
structural members of work, except as detailed on drawings, or as
reviewed by Architect. Install sleeves so that piping will have free
movement in sleeve, including allowance for thermal expansion; but
not less than 2 pipe sizes larger than piping run. Install length of
sleeve equal to thickness of surface; except floor sleeves. Extend
floor sleeves 1/4" above level floor finish, and 3/4" above floor finish
Fire Protection 15300-14
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
Standard Steel: Square cut.
Lightweight Steel: Roll grooved.
(10) Manufacturer. Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide grooved piping products of the following:
ITT Grinnell Corp.
Victaulic Co.
B. Piping above ground and within the building shall conform to all requirements of
NFPA 13 and shall be as follows:
1. Exposed sprinkler piping, subject to vandalism (stair halls and similar areas),
shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe, welded, suitable for 175 psi. working
water pressure.
2. All concealed piping and all exposed sprinkler piping in Mechanical
Equipment Rooms 1-1/2" and smaller, shall be at the option of the Fire
Protection Subcontractor, either Schedule 40 black steel pipe with screwed
fittings or standard weight roll grooved pipe with grooved fittings.
3. All exposed sprinkler piping, 1-1/2" and smaller, shall be Schedule 40 black
steel pipe with screwed fittings.
4. Schedule 40 seamless red brass pipe with brass screwed fittings suitable for
175 psi. working water pressure.
5. Type "L" seamless drawn hard copper tubing with solder-joint pressure
fittings, where noted on the drawings.
C. Install pipes and pipe fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which
will achieve permanently leak proof piping systems, capable of performing each
indicated service without piping failure. Install each run with minimum joints and
couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions for disassembly and
maintenance/replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where
indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Align piping accurately at connections, within
1/16" misalignment tolerance. Comply with ANSI B31 Code for Pressure Piping.
D. Locate piping runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally(pitched
to drain) and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Orient horizontal runs parallel
with walls and column lines. Locate runs as shown or described by diagrams,
details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run piping in shortest route which
does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing building and its
equipment.
Hold piping close to walls, overhead construction, columns and other structural and
permanent-enclosure elements of building. Wherever possible in finished and
Fire Protection 15300-13
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
(2) Pipe Weight: Schedule 10 for 5" and smaller; 0.134" wall
thickness for 6".
(3) Fittings: Mechanical grooved pipe couplings and fittings; roll-
groove or mechanical locking type.
d. Grooved Piping Products (for use on pipes 2-1/2"and larger)
(1) Coupling Housings: Malleable iron conforming to ASTM A
47.
(2) Coupling Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536.
(3) Coupling Housings Description: Grooved mechanical type,
which engages grooved or shouldered pipe ends, encasing
an elastomeric gasket which bridges pipe ends to create
seal. Cast in two or more parts, secure together during
assembly with nuts and bolts. Permit degree of contraction
and expansion as specified in manufacturer's latest
published literature.
(4) Gaskets: Mechanical grooved coupling design, pressure
responsive so that internal pressure serves to increase seal's ,
tightness, constructed of elastomeris having properties as
designated by ASTM D 2000.
(5) Bolts and Nuts: Heat-treated carbon steel, ASTM A 183,
minimum tensile 110,000-psi.
(6) Branch Stub-Ins: Upper housing with full locating collar for
rigid positioning engaging machine-cut hole in pipe, encasing
elastomeric gasket conforming to pipe outside diameter
around hole, and lower housing with positioning lugs,
secured together during assembly with nuts and bolts.
(7) Fittings: Grooved or shouldered end design to accept
grooved mechanical couplings.
Malleable Iron:ASTM A 47.
Ductile Iron: ASTM A 536.
(8) Flanges: Conform to Class 125 cast iron and Class 150
steel bolt hole alignment.
Malleable Iron:ASTM 47.
Ductile Iron:ASTM A 536.
(9) Grooves: Conform to the following:
Fire Protection 15300-12
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
special "flags", in margin of schedule. In addition to mounted copies,
furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals as specified in Division
1.
d. For each page of valve schedule, provide glazed display frame, with
screws for removable mounting on masonry walls. Provide frames
of finished hardwood or extruded aluminum, with SSB-grade sheet
glass.
e. Mount valve schedule frames and schedules in rooms where
indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, where directed by Architect.
f. Furnish complete chart and flow diagram of entire system listing the
valve number, fluid controlled, and zone reference location for all
valves corresponding to the tag numbers. The chart shall be framed
under glass and hung in the Fire Protection Equipment Room where
directed. Furnish two (2)extra copies of the chart to the Architect.
g. Furnish and install a laminated red phenolic plate with engraved
white lettering for each zone control flow switch and isolation valve.
Nameplates shall be located adjacent to all exposed and concealed
low valves, approximately 12" below finished ceiling.
h. Furnish and install a plug at each alarm valve listing design flowing
density and hazard classification.
i. Furnish and install a laminated, red phenolic plate with engraved
white lettering on door of storage 100J1. Rate to read "Sprinkler
alarm valve."
2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS
A. Interior Piping
1. Black Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, A 106 or A 120: except comply with ASTM A
53 or A 106 where close coiling or bending is required.
a. Pipe Weight: Schedule 40.
b. Fittings: Class 125, cast-iron threaded, ANSI B16.4, or flanged,
ANSI B16.1.
C. Fittings: Mechanical grooved pipe couplings and fittings; cut-groove
type for piping 2-1/2" and larger only.
As* (1) Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135.
Fire Protection 15300-11
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Basic Identification .
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide mechanical identification
materials of one of the following:
Allen Systems, Inc.
Brady (W. H.) Co., ; Signmark Div.
Industrial Safety Supply Co., Inc.
Seton Name Plate Corp.
2. Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi-rigid, snap-on, color-
coded pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1.
a. For external diameters less than 6", provide full-band pipe markers,
extending 3600 around pipe at each location, fastened as follows:
Snap-on application of pre-tensioned, semi-rigid plastic pipe marker.
b. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature, which
best describes piping system in each instance, as selected by
Architect.
C. Locate pipe markers as follows:
(1) Near each valve and control device.
(2) Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50' along
each piping run, except reduce spacing to 25' in congested
areas of piping and equipment.
(3) Branch piping need not be marked.
3. Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass valve tags with printed enamel
lettering, with piping system abbreviation in approximately 3/16" high letters
and sequenced valve numbers approximately 3/8" high, and with 5/32" hole
for fastener. Provide tags on all valves and control devices.
a. Provide 1-1/8"sq. brass tags with black lettering.
b. Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or
beaded type), or solid brass S-hooks of the sizes required for proper
attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that
purpose.
C. Submit valve schedule for piping system, typewritten and reproduced
on 8-1/2" x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system,
system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or
space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves, which
are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by
Fire Protection 15300-10
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. In areas where conflicts may occur, if so directed by the Architect, this
Subcontractor shall prepare composite sketches at a suitable scale, not less
than 114"= T-0", clearly showing how his work is to be installed in relation to
the work of other trades.
3. Piping and other equipment shall not be installed in congested and possible
problem areas by this Subcontractor without first coordinating the installation
of same with other trades and the Architect. This Subcontractor, at his own
expense, shall relocate all uncoordinated piping and other equipment
installed should they interfere with the proper installation and mounting of
electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, hung ceilings, and other structural
finishes installed by other trades.
4. This Subcontractor shall co-ordinate the elevations of all piping and
equipment in hung ceilings for the installation of recessed lighting fixtures,
duct boxes, etc. Conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Architect
for a decision before the piping and/or equipment of other trades is installed.
5. In areas where, due to construction conditions, more than one trade is
required to use common openings in chases, shafts and sleeves for the
passage of conduits, raceways, piping, ductwork and other materials, this
Subcontractor must plan and locate the positions of equipment to be
furnished under this Section so that all items including piping and/or
equipment of other trades may be accommodated within the space
available. Location and positioning shall be done prior to installation of
same and to the satisfaction of the Architect.
6. This Subcontractor, before installing his work, shall see that it does not
interfere with the clearances required for finished columns, pilasters,
partitions or walls, as shown on the Contract Architectural or Structural
Drawings showing foundations, floor plans, roof plans, and details.
7. Piping work that is installed under this Contract which interferes with the
architectural design or building structure, shall be changed as directed by
the Architect, and all costs incidental to such changes shall be paid by this
Subcontractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
PART 2- MATERIALS
2.1 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types,
pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not
indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with
installation requirements. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment
connections; provide fittings of materials, which match pipe materials used in fire
protection piping systems. Where more than one type of material or product is
indicated, selection is Installer's option.
Fire Protection 15300-9
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
5. Wiring and :control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and
control of each item of equipment.
6. Valve chart.
7. List of recommended spare parts.
8. Copies of all service contracts.
9. Performance curves for pumps, etc.
10. Lists of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Subcontractors as
well as the local representative for each item of equipment.
1.16 GUARANTEE
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his
work in all parts for a period of one (1) year after the date of final acceptance, and
shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be
defective during this period.
B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building
caused by defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or
equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the
Architect.
C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance
shall be considered as being defective.
1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Refer to Division 1 for Record Drawings.
B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the Contract Drawings whether by
change order or by field conditions. Principal dimensions shall be indicated of
concealed work, fire protection lines, valves, and zone flow switches. All changes
must be clearly marked with a bubble drawn around the area of work effected by the
change.
C. Co-ordination of Trades
1. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall give full co-operation to the
Subcontractors of other trades, and shall furnish any information necessary
to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with least
possible interference or delay.
Fire Protection 15300-8
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his
Contract shall be provided by the Fire Protection Subcontractor.
B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and
obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor
to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs,
sockets, etc.
C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be
removed by the individual Subcontractor.
1.14 WORK CONCEALED
A. All piping shall be installed exposed except where piping is to be installed above
new acoustic ceilings. Where ceilings are installed sprinklers shall be installed
above and below the ceiling.
B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an exterior
exposure above grade.
1.15 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper
Owner's representative in all details of operation of equipment installed. Supply
qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that
Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance
procedures.
B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and
Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words,
"Operation and Maintenance Manual", the name and location of the equipment or
the building, the name of the Subcontractor, and the Contract number. The manual
shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each section. The
instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of drawings folded in.
The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent.
C. The Manual shall include the following information:
1. Description of systems.
2. Description of start-up, operation, and shutdown.
3. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of
equipment.
4. Lubrication chart.
Fire Protection 15300-7
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
5. Submit certificate upon completion of fire protection piping work, which
indicates that work has been tested in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 13, and
also that system is operational, complete, and has no defects.
1.9 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required
for his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees
and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume
all responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they
relate to his part of the work.
B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections
of his work.
1.10 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS
A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of
water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in
Division 1.
1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior
details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his Bid. These
documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and
Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be
considered a part of the Contract requirements.
B. The Specifications and Plans are complementary and anything called for, or
reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be
considered as called for or reasonably implied in both.
C. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall not scale the drawings.
D. Because of the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets,
fittings and accessories that may be required. The Fire Protection Subcontractor
shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work
and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets,
valves, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no
additional cost.
1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials
and equipment to the building site when required, so as to carry on his work
efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades.
Fire Protection 15300-6
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
?? NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
J. The Fire Protection, Subcontractor shall check all of the Architectural Plans and
Specifications and 'shall field verify all existing conditions before ordering any
materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the
attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work.
1.7 PRODUCTS
A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials used shall be
U.S. made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and
designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended,
and with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment.
Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters
Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their
requirements and be so labeled.
1.8 SUBMITTALS
A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall
submit to the Architect eight (8) sets of catalogue cuts or manufacturers' data
sheets, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be fumished.
B. Submit hydraulic calculations and scaled layout drawings for fire protection pipe and
fittings including, but not necessarily limited to, pipe and tube sizes, locations,
elevations and slopes of horizontal runs, wall and floor penetrations, and
connections. Show interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate
equipment.
1. Shop Drawings are subject to review and will require approval by Owner's
insurer's rating organization and the Northampton Fire Department prior to
submitting to the Architect for approval.
2. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall check the shop drawings thoroughly
for compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to
the Architect for review, making any and all changes, which may be
required.
3. The review of shop drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Fire
Protection Subcontractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in
accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The
responsibility for errors in shop drawings shall remain with the individual
Subcontractor.
4. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for
which shop drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are
not in accordance with the Specifications, the Fire Protection Subcontractor
' will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials
at his own expense and as directed by the Architect.
Fire Protection 15300-5
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent
assigned to the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive
instructions exactly'as if the Fire Protection Subcontractor himself were present.
The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the
express approval of the Architect after construction work begins.
C. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or
damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other
Subcontractors' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any
manner whatsoever, and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of
responsibility incurred by the Fire Protection Subcontractor, it is agreed between the
Owner and the Fire Protection Subcontractor that such liability and extent of
damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose decision shall be final
and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question.
D. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other
trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information
pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other
trades requiring such information. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall also
furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so
that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of
the Fire Protection Subcontractor to give proper information, as above, he will be
required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure.
E. The arrangement of all piping, ductwork, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the
drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this
work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs,
bends, offsets, etc.
F. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall lay out all his work and be responsible for
the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for
all measurements. In no case shall piping be installed laterally in thickness of slab
or deck.
G. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting
and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and
cable runs shall be performed by the Subcontractor installing such items. All piping
shall be installed concealed in finished spaces.
H. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of
his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make
good such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress
of the work shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating
apparatus shall be protected by suitable means.
I. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for all equipment and
materials installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the
Owner.
Fire Protection 15300-4
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. NFPA Code: Comply with ANSI/NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler System".
C. FM Compliance: Comply with Factory Mutual "Approval Guide".
D. FM Labels: Provide sprinkler products bearing FM approval labels.
E. UL Labels: Provide fire sprinkler piping products, which have been approved and
labeled by Underwriters Laboratories.
F. Local Fire Department/Marshall Regulations: Comply with governing regulations
pertaining to fire sprinkler piping. Review proposed system with said officials prior to
commencing work.
G. Final installation of system is subject to approval by Owner's insurer's rating
organization and local Fire Department.
H. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section
will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements,
except that substitutions will only be considered for items where the words, "or
equal"appear in the product specification.
I. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests
secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be
conducted in accordance with the General Requirements.
1.5 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS
A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the
Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code
and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions
of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter
shall govern.
Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or
regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules
otherwise.
B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement
Officials' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. Review proposed system
with said officials prior to commencing work.
1.6 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall employ only competent and experienced
workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He
shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and
low expeditious laying out of his work.
Fire Protection 15300-3
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Related work, to be performed under other sections of his Specification shall include
the following:
1. Wiring of electric bell and control panel back to the fire alarm panel shall be
by the Electrical Subcontractor, coordinated and as directed by the Fire
Protection Subcontractor.
2. Cutting and patching.
1.3 SYSTEM DESIGN
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall perform a water flow test, and with this
information, shall calculate pipe sizes and sprinkler head configuration and orifice
sizes in accordance with NFPA 13.
B. Sprinkler head and pipe run locations, as shown on the drawings, are to be
interpreted as diagrammatic only. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall produce
a design based on actual available water pressure and submit it to the Architect for
approval before beginning fabrication and installation.
C. Design Criteria: Pipe sizing and sprinkler head layout shown on the drawings is
provided to indicate a suggested pipe routing; zoning, and sprinkler head location,
and shall not be used for estimating purposes. Location of piping and heads shall
be co-ordinated with all other trades. Actual pipe sizing, types of heads, and layout
shall be based on a hydraulically designed system in accordance with the
requirements of NFPA 13, the Northampton Fire Department, and the Insurance
Underwriter. Location of sprinkler heads, in relation to the ceiling, is to be in
accordance with ordinary hazard occupancy. The Fire Protection Subcontractor
shall prepare working drawings and hydraulic calculations per NFPA 13 and shall
obtain Northampton Fire Department and the Colleges Insurance Underwriter
approval prior to start of work. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall perform
water flow tests or obtain water flow data in writing from local authority. Co-ordinate
work of this Section with all trades to avoid interference with ductwork, HVAC and
plumbing, piping, electrical work, structure, etc. Final sprinkler head locations shall
be subject to Architects approval.
The number of heads and pipe sizes may be increased or reduced due to hydraulic
calculations or the installation of revised heads, provided the revised heads are UL
listed and F.M. approved and meet NFPA 13, Northampton Fire Department, and
Insurance Underwriter's criteria. Additionally, all heads shall be in accordance with
NFPA 13 recommendations.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of fire protection piping
systems products, of types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have
been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years.
Fire Protection 15300-2
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 15300
FIRE PROTECTION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, applicable parts of
Division 1, and conditions of the Contract as part of this Section.
B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements, which affect work
under this, Section whether or not, such work is specifically mentioned in this
Section.
C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this
Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under
the Contract.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, appurtenances. and services necessary for, and
reasonably incidental to, the complete installation of all fire protection work specified
herein and/or indicated on the drawings, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Provide and install new Stortz pumper connection, water, motor gong, and
electric bell on existing dry pipe riser in Gill Hall.
2. Renovation to existing dry pipe automatic sprinkler system. System shall be
installed in all spaces, unless otherwise noted, including renovation to
existing building sprinkler system located in the basement.
3. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall fumish all labor and materials
required for his own hoisting, rigging, and scaffolding during the entire
course of the project.
4. Disconnect and remove all existing sprinkler heads and piping made
obsolete by or interfering with new construction.
5. Disconnect and remove all existing heads and install new, quick response
heads in all spaces. (Alternate Bid Item No. 3).
6. Submit plans and calculations to the colleges Insurance Underwriter for
review and approval.
7. Pressure Test all existing piping to 25 psi above street pressure for two (2)
.� hours. All tests must be witnessed by the Owner.
Fire Protection 15300-1
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
C. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal:
1. Semigloss Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior ferrous-metal primer.
b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel.
D. Zinc-Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over interior zinc-coated metal
surfaces:
1. Semigloss Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior zinc-coated metal primer.
b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel.
3.7 INTERIOR NATURAL-FINISH WOODWORK SCHEDULE
A. Natural-Finish Woodwork: Provide the following natural finishes over interior woodwork:
1. Alkyd-Based Satin-Varnish Finish: Two finish coats of alkyd-based clear satin varnish.
a. Finish Coats: Interior alkyd-or polyurethane-based clear satin varnish.
END OF SECTION 09911
PAINTING(CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS) 09911 - 11
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26, 2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
3.4 CLEANING
A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded
paint materials from Project site.
1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered
paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting.
Correct damage by cleaning,repairing or replacing,and repainting, as approved by Architect.
B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting
operations,remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work.
1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted
surfaces.
3.6 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces:
1. Flat Acrylic Finish: On ceilings, two finish coats over a primer. Primer is not required
on previously painted surfaces unless required by paint manufacturer.
a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer.
b. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint.
2. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: On all walls and bathroom ceilings, two fmish coats
over a primer. Primer is not required over previously painted surfaces unless required by
paint manufacturer.
a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer.
b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.
C. Mildew resistance: for all bathroom walls and ceiling provide finish coats
incorporating agents which inhibit the growth of mildew.
B. Wood and Hardboard: Provide the following paint finish systems over new interior wood
surfaces for opaque finish.
1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a wood undercoat:
a. Primer: Interior wood primer for acrylic-enamel and semigloss alkyd-enamel
fmishes.
b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel
PAINTING(CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS) 09911 - 10
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by
manufacturer for material and texture required.
D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's
recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film
thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer.
E. Mechanical items to be painted include,but are not limited to,the following:
1. Uninsulated metal piping.
2. Uninsulated plastic piping.
3. Pipe hangers and supports.
4. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes.
5. Visible portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and
outlets.
6. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having "all-service jacket" or other paintable jacket
material.
7. Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting.
F. Electrical items to be painted include,but are not limited to,the following:
1. Panelboards.
2. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting.
000K G. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by
manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or fmishe d and that has not been prime
coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or
unsealed areas in first coat appears,to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects
due to insufficient sealing.
H. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth,
opaque surface of uniform fmish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting,
holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be
acceptable.
I. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of
even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks,
orange peel,nail holes,or other surface imperfections.
1. Provide satin fmish for final coats.
J. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no
evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface
imperfections.
K. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color,texture, and coverage. Remove,refinish,
or repaint work not complying with requirements.
PAINTING(CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS) 09911 -9
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
3.3 APPLICATION
A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and
techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.
1. Paint colors, surface treatments,and finishes are indicated in the paint schedules.
2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions
detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.
3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used.
4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures,
grilles, convector covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar components are in
place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and
provide desired protection.
5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed
surfaces. Before final installation of equipment,paint surfaces behind permanently fixed
equipment or furniture with prime coat only.
6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through
registers or grilles.
7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed
surfaces.
8. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.
9. Where existing surfaces are painted, extend painting to a natural break point such as a
comer or adjacent trim.
B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or
otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent
surface deterioration.
1. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of application
method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as recommended by
manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to
manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications.
2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted.
3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply
additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special
attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a
dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.
4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat
surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky
under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat of paint does not
cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion.
C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators
according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate
size for surface or item being painted.
2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet,velvet-back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by
manufacturer for material and texture required.
PAINTING(CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS) 09911 - 8
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances that
could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil, mold, mildew and grease before
cleaning.
1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process
will not fall on wet,newly painted surfaces.
C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's
written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.
1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
2. Wood and existing wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with
scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view
smooth and dust off.
a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac
or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill
holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand
smooth when dried.
b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges,
ends, faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including cabinets, counters,
cases, and paneling.
**
C. If transparent fmish is required,backprime with spar varnish.
3. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop
coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use
solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations.
a. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat
before priming.
b. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-
brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with
same primer as the shop coat.
4. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so
surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized
sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods.
D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.
2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as requ ired
during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface
film and strain material before using.
low 3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits.
PAINTING (CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS) 09911 -7
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
1. Benjamin Moore; Regal AquaGlo No. 333 Premium Interior Finishes Latex Semi-Gloss:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils.
2. Pittsburgh Paints; 88-`110 Satinhide Interior Enamel Wall & Trim Lo-Lustre Semi-Gloss
Latex: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.1 mils.
3. Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel A88 Series: Applied at
a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils.
2.5 INTERIOR WOOD VARNISHES
A. Interior Alkyd- or Polyurethane-Based Clear Satin Varnish: Factory-formulated alkyd- or
polyurethane-based clear varnish.
1. Benjamin Moore; Benwood Interior Wood Finishes Polyurethane Finishes Low Lustre
No.435.
2. Pittsburgh Paints; 77-7 Rez Varnish,Interior Satin Oil Clear.
3. Sherwin-Williams;Wood Classics Fast Dry Oil Varnish, Satin A66-300 Series.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates areas and conditions with Applicator pp present, for compliance with
requirements for paint application.
1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected
and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry.
2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions
within a particular area.
3. Fill pin holes and larger surface imperfections.
B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure
compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on
characteristics of fmish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.
1. Notify Architect about anticipated problems when using the materials specified over
substrates primed by others.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General: Remove hardware, including existing cabinet hardware, and hardware accessories,
plates,machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be
painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide
surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.
1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using
workers skilled in the trades involved.
PAINTING(CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS) 09911 -6
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
1. Benjamin Moore; Regal FirstCoat Interior Latex Primer&Underbody No. 216: Applied
at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil.
2. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-2`SpeedHide Interior Quick-Drying Latex Sealer: Applied at a dry
film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil.
3. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite Masonry Primer B28W300 Series: Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 3.0 mils.
B. Interior Wood Primer for Acrylic-Enamel and Semigloss Alkyd-Enamel Finishes: Factory-
formulated alkyd-or acrylic-latex-based interior wood primer.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody No. 217: Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 1.4 mils.
2. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-855 SpeedHide Latex Enamel Undercoater: Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 1.0 mil.
3. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite Classic Interior Primer B28W101 Series: Applied at a dry
film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils.
C. Interior Ferrous-Metal Primer: Factory-formulated quick-drying rust-inhibitive alkyd-based
metal primer.
1. Benjamin Moore; IronClad Alkyd Low Lustre Medal and Wood Enamel No. 163:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils.
2. Pittsburgh Paints; 7-858 Pittsburgh Paints Industrial Rust Inhibitive Steel Primer:
40,14, Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils.
' 3. Sherwin-Williams; Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50NZ6B50WZ1: Applied at
a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils.
D. Interior Zinc-Coated Metal Primer: Factory-formulated galvanized metal primer.
1. Benjamin Moore; IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal and Wood Enamel No. 363:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils.
2. Pittsburgh Paints; 90-709 Pitt-Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior Primer/Finish DTM
Industrial Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils.
3. Sherwin-Williams;primer not required over this substrate.
2.4 INTERIOR FINISH COATS
A. Interior Flat Acrylic Paint: Factory-formulated flat acrylic-emulsion latex paint for interior
application.
1. Benjamin Moore; Regal Wall Satin No. 215 Premium Interior Finishes Flat Finish:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils.
2. Pittsburgh Paints; 80-Line Wallhide Interior Wall Flat Latex Paint: Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 1.2 mils.
3. Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Interior Latex Flat Wall Paint, A86 Series: Applied at a
dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils.
B. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formulated semigloss acrylic-latex enamel for
interior application.
PAINTING(CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS) 09911 -5
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air
are between 50 and 90 deg F.
B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding
air are between 45 and 95 deg F.
C. Do not apply paint when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than
5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are
enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during
application and drying periods,provided the above conditions are met.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other
Part 2 articles.
B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following
manufacturers'names are used in other Part 2 articles:
1. Benjamin Moore&Co. (Benjamin Moore).
2. PPG Industries,Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints).
3. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams).
2.2 PAINT MATERIALS,GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility: Provide primers,and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one
another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as
demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality consumer line paint material of the
various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer
for application indicated. "Professional Grade" and "Architectural Grade" materials are not
acceptable. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will
not be acceptable.
C. Colors: Match Architect's samples.
2.3 INTERIOR PRIMERS
A. Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory-formulated latex-based primer for interior application.
Where vinyl wall covering is to be removed.
PAINTING(CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS) 09911 -4
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
1. Provide stepped Samples,defining each separate coat,including block fillers and primers.
Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review. Resubmit until required
sheen,color,and texture are achieved.
2. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each Sample. Label each
Sample for location and application.
3. Submit Samples on the following substrates for Architect's review of color and texture
only:
a. Painted Wood: 12-inch-square Samples for each color and material on hardboard.
b. Stained or Natural Wood: 6-by-10-inch Samples of natural-or stained-wood finish
on representative surfaces.
C. Ferrous Metal: 4-inch- square Samples of flat metal and long Samples of solid
metal for each color and finish.
D. Qualification Data: For Applicator.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and coatings
similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has
resulted in applications with a rec ord of successful in-service performance.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain primers for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the
finish coats.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers
bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information:
1. Product name or title of material.
2. Product description(generic classification or binder type).
3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.
5. Thinning instructions.
6. Application instructions.
7. Color name and number.
8. VOC content.
B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum
ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.
1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste
daily.
PAINTING(CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS) 09911 -3
Renovations to Gill Hall, March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
e. Bronze and brass.
4. Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following:
a. Valve and damper operators.
b. Linkages.
C. Sensing devices.
d. Motor and fan shafts.
5. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code-required labels or equipment name,
identification,performance rating,or nomenclature plates.
D. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for surface preparation of gypsum
board.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section.
1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an
85-degree meter.
2. Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when measured
at a 60-degree meter.
3. Semigloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70 when
measured at a 60-degree meter.
4. Full gloss refers to high-sheen finish with a gloss range more than 70 when measured at a
60-degree meter.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each paint system indicated. Include block fillers and primers.
1. Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and
cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by
manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.
2. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label
analysis and instructions for handling, storing,and applying each coating material.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of finish-coat material indicated.
1. After color selection,Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated.
C. Samples for Verification: For each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate
actual conditions,on representative Samples of the actual substrate.
PAINTING(CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS) 09911 -2
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
SECTION 09911 -PAINTING(CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS)
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed interior items and
surfaces.
1. Painting is limited to areas impacted by renovations. Paint any new materials or existing
materials damaged during renovations.
2. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to
shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections.
B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or material is
not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned,
paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If a color of finish
is not indicated,Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available.
C. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and
labels.
1. Prefmished items include the following factory-finished components:
a. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment.
b. Light fixtures.
2. Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in the following generally inaccessible
spaces:
a. Furred areas.
b. Ceiling plenums.
C. Pipe spaces.
d. Duct shafts.
3. Finished metal surfaces include the following:
a. Anodized aluminum.
b. Stainless steel.
C. Chromium plate.
d. Copper and copper alloys.
PAINTING(CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS) 09911 - 1
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
E. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension system
runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat,
precise fit.
1. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows:
a. As indicated on reflected ceiling plans.
2. For reveal-edged panels on suspension system runners, install panels with bottom of
reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges.
3. Paint cut edges of panel remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed
panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel
manufacturer.
4. Install hold-down clips in areas indicated, in areas required by authorities having
jurisdiction, and for fire-resistance ratings; space as recommended by panel
manufacturer's written instructions,unless otherwise indicated.
5. Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts to comply with requirements indicated for fire-
resistance-rated assembly.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and
., suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and
touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be
successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage.
END OF SECTION 09511
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -7
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at
opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders, and comply
with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636 and seismic
requirements indicated, per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems
Handbook."
B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows:
1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling
plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system.
2. Splay hangers only where required and, if permitted with fire-resistance-rated ceilings,to
miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, counter splaying, or other
equally effective means.
3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger
spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard
suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in
form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and
hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced
standards and publications.
4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a
minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts,
eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not
deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age,corrosion,or elevated temperatures.
5. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing
members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and
appropriate for both structure to which hangers are attached and type of hanger involved.
Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age,
corrosion,or elevated temperatures.
6. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. along each member supported
directly from hangers,unless otherwise indicated;provide hangers not more than 8 inches
(200 mm) from ends of each member.
C. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling ar ea and
where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels.
1. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.
D. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another.
Remove and replace dented,bent,or kinked members.
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -6
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING APC-[#]
A. Products:
1. Armstrong World Industries,Inc.
a. Prelude XL Fire Guard 15/16 Exposed Tee
B. Wide-Face, Capped, Double-Web,Fire-Rated Steel Suspension System: Main and cross
runners roll formed from cold-rolled steel sheet, prepainted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hot-
dip galvanized according to ASTM A 653/A 653M, not less than G30 (Z90) coating
designation,with prefinished 15/16-inch-(24-mm-)wide metal caps on flanges.
1. Structural Classification: Intermediate-duty system.
2. End Condition of Cross Runners: Override type.
3. Face Design: Flat,flush.
4. Cap Material: Steel cold-rolled sheet.
5. Cap Finish: Painted white.
2.5 METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armstrong World Industries,Inc.
B. Roll-Formed Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not
indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical panel
edge details and suspension systems indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material,
finish,and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners.
1. For lay-in panels with reveal edge details, provide stepped edge molding that forms
reveal of same depth and width as that formed between edge of panel and flange at
exposed suspension member.
2. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter
required to fit penetration exactly.
3. For narrow-face suspension systems, provide suspension system and manufacturer's
standard edge moldings that match width and configuration of exposed runners.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing to which acoustical
panel ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements speci fied
in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and with requirements
for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of acoustical panel
ceilings.
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -5
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
9. Flame Spread: ASTM E 1264;Fire Resistive
10. Light Reflectance(LR): ASTM E 1477;White Panel: Light Reflectance: 0.86.
11. Dimensional Stability`HumiGuard Plus-temperatures up to 120 degrees F and high hu-
midity excluding only exterior use,
use over standing water,and direct contact with moisture .
12. Mold/Mildew Inhibitor: The front and back of the product have been treated with Bio B-
lock,a paint that contains a special
biocide that inhibits or retards the growth of mold or mildew,ASTM D 3273.
13. Acceptable Product: Cirrus Tile&Lay-In, 578,as manufactured by Armstrong World
Industries.
2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL
A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct-hung metal
suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with
applicable requirements in ASTM C 635.
B. Finishes and Colors, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for
Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
Provide manufacturer's standard factory-applied finish for type of system indicated.
C. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1,
"Direct Hung,"unless otherwise indicated.
a. Corrosion Protection: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with
ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5 (0.005 mm)for Class SC 1 service condition.
D. Wire Hangers,Braces,and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements:
1. Zinc-Coated Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft
temper.
2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635,
Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than
0.106-inch- (2.69-mm-)diameter wire.
E. Hanger Rods: Mild steel,zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.
F. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch (22 mm) wide; formed with 0.04-inch-
(I-mm-) thick, galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275)
coating designation; with bolted connections and 5/16-inch- (8-mm-) diameter bolts.
G. Seismic Struts: Manufacturer's standard compression struts designed to accommodate seismic
forces.
H. Hold-Down Clips: Provide manufacturer's standard hold-down clips spaced 24 inches (610
mm) o.c. on all cross tees.
Amok-
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -4
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26, 2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations::'Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed
and weatherproof,wet work in spaces is complete and dry,work above ceilings is complete, and
ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project
when occupied for its intended use.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system with other
construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC
equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies.
1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Acoustical Ceiling Panels: Full-size panels equal to 2.0 percent of quantity installed.
2. Suspension System Components: Quantity of each exposed component equal to 2.0
percent of quantity installed.
3. Hold-Down Clips: Equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Armstrong World Industries,Inc.
2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS,
A. Acoustical Panels Type ACT-1:
1. Surface Texture: Fine
2. Composition:Mineral Fiber
3. Color: White
4. Size: 24in X 24in X 3/4in
5. Edge Profile:Angled Tegular for interface with Prelude XL Fire Guard 15/16"Exposed
Tee.
6. Noise Reduction Coefficient(NRC): ASTM C 423; Classified with UL label on product
carton, 0.40.
7. Ceiling Attenuation Class(CAC): ASTM C 1414; Classified with UL label on product
carton, 35
8. Articulation Class(AC): ASTM E 1111; Classified with UL label on product carton(Not
Applicable).
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -3
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
2. Exposed Suspension System Members, Moldings, and Trim: Set of 12-inch- (300-mm-)
long Samples of each type, finish,and color.
E. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations:
1. System: Obtain each type through one source from a single manufacturer.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling panel and supporting suspension
system through one source from a single manufacturer.
C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panel ceilings that comply with the
following requirements:
1. Fire-Resistance Characteristics: Where indicated, provide acoustical panel ceilings
identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by UL or
another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisd iction.
a. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire
Resistance Directory"or from the listings of another testing and inspecting agency.
b. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting
agency.
2. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Provide acoustical panels with the following surface-
burning characteristics complying with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials as
determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84:
D. Seismic Standard: Provide acoustical panel ceilings designed and installed to withstand the
effects of earthquake motions according to the following:
1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with
ASTM E 580.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver acoustical panels, suspension system components, and accessories to Project site in
original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they
will be protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct
sunlight, surface contamination,and other causes.
B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized
moisture content.
C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way.
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -2
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
SECTION 09511 -ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for ceilings.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. AC: Articulation Class.
B. CAC: Ceiling Attenuation Class.
C. LR: Light Reflectance coefficient.
D. NRC: Noise Reduction Coefficient.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Coordinate Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and
ceiling-mounted items. Show the following:
1. Ceiling suspension members.
2. Method of attaching hangers to building structure.
3. Ceiling-mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers,
access panels,and special moldings.
4. Minimum Drawing Scale: 1/4 inch= 1 foot(1:48).
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For components with factory-applied color finishes.
D. Samples for Verification: For each component indicated and for each exposed finish required,
prepared on Samples of size indicated below.
1. Acoustical Panel: Set of 6-inch- (150-mm-) square Samples of each type, color,pattern,
and texture.
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 - 1
1 Nil
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
D. Laminating to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate
(other than studs,joists, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum
board manufacturer's written recommendations and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels
until fastening adhesive has set.
3.6 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same
fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations
approved by Architect for visual effect.
3.7 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations,
fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for
decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.
B. Prefill open joints,rounded or beveled edges,and damaged surface areas.
C. Apply j oint tape over gypsum board J oints, except those with trim having flanges not intend ed
for tape.
D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to
ASTM C 840, for locations indicated:
1. Level 1: Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where
indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies
and sound-rated assemblies.
2. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to
tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless
otherwise indicated.
END OF SECTION 09260
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260- 8
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26, 2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
G. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts.
H. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber, including floor
joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members using resilient channels, or
provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage.
I. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels.
J. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above
ceilings, etc.),except in chases braced internally.
1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke
ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. (0.7 sq. m)in
area.
2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts,pipes, and conduits.
3. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, concrete joists, and other structural
members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to
fit profile formed by coffers,joists, and other structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch-
(6.4-to 9.5-mm-)wide joints to install sealant.
K. Isolate perimeter of non-load-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except
floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at these locations, and trim
edges with U-bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between
edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.
L. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and
finishing standard and manufacturer's written recommendations.
1. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches (304.8 mm)o.c. for vertical applications.
3.5 PANEL APPLICATION METHODS
A. Single-Layer Application:
1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to the greatest
extent possible and at right angles to framing,unless otherwise indicated.
2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally(perpendicular to framing), unless
otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end
joints.
a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses
of board.
B. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.
C. Multilayer Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with
screws.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260-7
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
B. Installation Tolerance: Install each steel framing and furring member so fastening surfaces vary
not more than 1/8 inch(3 mm) from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing.
C. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended
ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue
framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions
above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board.
1. Cut studs 1/2 inch(13 mm) short of full height to provide perimeter relief.
2. For fire-resistance-rated partitions that extend to the underside of floor/roof slabs and
decks or other continuous solid-structure surfaces to obtain ratings,install framing around
structural and other members extending below floor/roof slabs and decks, as needed to
support gypsum board closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside
of solid structure.
D. Install steel studs and furring at the following spacings:
1. Single-Layer Construction: 16 inches(406 mm)o.c.,unless otherwise indicated.
2. Multilayer Construction: 16 inches(406 mm) o.c.,unless otherwise indicated.
E. Install steel studs so flanges point in the same direction and leading edge or end of each panel
can be attached to open(unsupported)edges of stud flanges first.
F. Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings, unless
otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above
door heads.
3.4 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS,GENERAL
A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and GA-216.
B. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels, unless blankets are readily
installed after panels have been installed on one side.
C. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to
avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of
adjacent panels not less than one framing member.
D. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and
ends with not more than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) of open space between panels. Do not force into
place.
E. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate
supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered
edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not
make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings.
F. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open
(unsupported)edges of stud flanges first.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 -6
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or j oint compound recommended for directly adhering
gypsum panels to continuous substrate.
1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002,unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and substrates,with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal frames,
cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions
affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL
A. Installation Standards: ASTM C 754, and ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing
installation.
B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board
assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories,
furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with gypsum board
manufacturer's written recommendations or, if none available, with United States Gypsum's
"Gypsum Construction Handbook."
C. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading
imposed by structural movement.
1. Isolate ceiling assemblies where they abut or are penetrated by building structure.
2. Isolate partition framing and wall furring where it abuts structure, except at floor. Install
slip-type joints at head of assemblies that avoid axial loading of assembly and laterally
support assembly.
D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with steel framing or furring members.
Frame both sides of joints independently.
3.3 INSTALLING STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING
A. Install tracks(runners)at floors,ceilings, and structural walls and c olumns where gypsum board
assemblies abut other construction.
1. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt-felt or foam-
gasket isolation strip between studs and wall.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260-5
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
C. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long leg receives joint compound; use where
indicated.
d. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound; use
where indicated.
e. Expansion(Control)Joint: Use where indicated.
2.5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475.
B. Joint Tape:
1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper.
C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is
compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas,use setting-type taping compound.
2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and
trim flanges,use drying-type,all-purpose compound.
a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.
3. Fill Coat: For second coat,use drying-type,all-purpose compound. l
4. Finish Coat: For third coat,use drying-type,all-purpose compound.
2.6 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following:
1. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints:
a. Pecora Corp.;AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant.
b. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant.
2. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints:
a. Ohio Sealants,Inc.; Pro-Series SC-170 Rubber Base Sound Sealant.
b. Pecora Corp.; BA-98.
C. Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Acoustical Sealant.
2.7 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and
manufacturer's written recommendations.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260-4
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
2. Depth: 7/8 inch (22.2 mm).
D. Resilient Furring Channels: 4/2-inch-(12.7-mm-)deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce
sound transmission.
1. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped, with face attached to single flange by a
slotted leg(web)or attached to two flanges by slotted or expanded metal legs.
E. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and
other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.
2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD
A. Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each
area and correspond with support system indicated.
B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36.
1. Regular Type:
a. Thickness: As indicated on drawings.
b. Long Edges: Tapered.
C. Location: As indicated.
2. Type X:
a. Thickness: 5/8 inch(15.9 mm).
b. Long Edges: Tapered.
C. Location: Where required for fire-resistance-rated assembly.
3. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide [one of]the following:
a. American Gypsum Co.;FireBloc Type C.
b. G-P Gypsum Corp.;Firestop Type C.
C. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond Fire-Shield G.
d. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Panels, FIRECODE C
Core.
2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.
1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet or rolled zinc.
2. Shapes:
a. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners.
b. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound; use at exposed
panel edges.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260-3
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations:. Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board
manufacturer's written recommendations,whichever are more stringent.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following:
1. Steel Framing and Furring:
a. Clark Steel Framing Systems.
b. Consolidated Systems,Inc.
C. Dale Industries, Inc. -Dale/Incor.
d. Dietrich Industries,Inc.
e. MarinoWare; Division of Ware Ind.
f. National Gypsum Company.
g. Scafco Corporation.
h. Unimast,Inc.
i. Western Metal Lath& Steel Framing Systems. '
2. Gypsum Board and Related Products:
a. American Gypsum Co.
b. G-P Gypsum Corp.
C. National Gypsum Company.
d. United States Gypsum Co.
2.2 STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING
A. Components, General: As follows:
1. Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
2. Steel Sheet Components: Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal and with
manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant zinc coating.
B. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645.
1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: As indicated on drawings.
2. Depth: As indicated on drawings.
C. Hat-Shaped,Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645.
1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch(0.79 mm).
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 -2
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
SECTION 09260- GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Interior gypsum wallboard.
2. Non-load-bearing steel framing.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 6 Section"Finish Carpentry" for wood framing and furring.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Gypsum Board Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 for definitions of terms for gypsum board
assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with fire-resistance ratings,
provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to
ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Indicated by design designations from FM's
"Approval Guide, Building Products." UL's "Fire Resistance Directory." GA-600, "Fire
Resistance Design Manual." ITS's "Directory of Listed Products."
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and
identification of manufacturer or supplier.
B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from
weather,direct sunlight, surface contamination,corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes.
Stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260- 1
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
1. Scribe and cut finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as
recommended by manufacturer.
2. Countersink fasteners,fill surface flush, and sand where face fastening is unavoidable.
3. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2438 mm) for level and plumb.
Install adjoining finish carpentry with 1/32-inch (0.8-mm) maximum offset for flush
installation and 1/16-inch(1.5-mm)maximum offset for reveal installation.
4. Coordinate finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it. Provide
cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate finish carpentry.
3.4 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION
A. Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full-length pieces from maximum
lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches (610 mm)long,except where
necessary. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim. Cope at returns and
miter at corners to produce tight-fitting joints with full-surface contact throughout length of
joint. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. Plane backs of casings to provide uniform
thickness across joints,where necessary for alignment.
1. Match color and grain pattern across joints.
2. Install trim after gypsum board joint finishing operations are completed.
3. Drill pilot holes in hardwood before fastening to prevent splitting. Fasten to prevent
movement or warping. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill
holes.
4. Fit exterior joints to exclude water. Apply flat grain lumber with bark side exposed to
weather.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Replace fmish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements. Finish
carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no
evidence of repair or refinishing. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory-applied finishes
to restore damaged or soiled areas.
END OF SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY 06200-6
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
2.7 FABRICATION
A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of specified inspection agencies and with
manufacturer's written recommendations for moisture content of finish carpentry at relative
humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas.
B. Back out or kerf backs of the following members, except members with ends exposed in
finished work:
1. Exterior standing and running trim wider than 5 inches(125 mm).
2. Interior standing and running trim, except shoe and crown molds.
3. Wood board paneling.
C. Ease edges of lumber less than 1 inch (25 mm) in nominal thickness to 1/16-inch (1.5-mm)
radius and edges of lumber 1 inch (25 mm) or more in nominal thickness to 1/8-inch (3-mm)
radius.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application.
B. Before installing finish carpentry, condition materials to average prevailing humidity in
installation areas for a minimum of 24 hours, unless longer conditioning is recommended by
manufacturer.
C. Prime lumber for exterior applications to be painted, including both faces and edges. Cut to
required lengths and prime ends. Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section"Painting."
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Do not use materials that are unsound, warped, improperly treated or finished, inadequately
seasoned,or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements.
1. Do not use manufactured units with defective surfaces,sizes, or patterns.
B. Install finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed
shims where necessary for alignment.
FINISH CARPENTRY 06200-5
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
2.5 PANELING
A. Hardwood Veneer Plywood Paneling: Manufacturer's stock hardwood plywood panels
complying with applicable requirements in HPVA HP-1,made without urea-formaldehyde
adhesive.
1. Face Veneer Species: Rotary-cut white birch.
2. Backing Veneer Species: Any hardwood compatible with face species.
3. Construction: Veneer core.
4. Panel Size: 48 by 96 inches (1219 by 2438 mm).
5. Glue Bond: Type 11(interior).
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Provide nails or screws of the following materials, in
sufficient length to penetrate minimum of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into substrate,unless otherwise
recommended by manufacturer:
1. Stainless steel.
2. Hot-dip galvanized steel.
3. Aluminum.
4. Prefinished aluminum in color to match stain, where face fastening of material to receive
stain is unavoidable.
B. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails, screws, and other anchoring devices of type,
size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment,
concealed where possible.
C. Paneling Adhesives: Comply with paneling manufacturer's written recommendations for
adhesives.
1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D(EPA Method 24).
D. Glue: Aliphatic- or phenolic-resin wood glue recommended by manufacturer for general
carpentry use.
1. Use wood glues that have a VOC content of 30 g/L or less when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
E. Flashing: Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section"Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for
flashing materials installed in finish carpentry.
F. Sealants: Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials
required for sealing siding work.
FINISH CARPENTRY 06200-4
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26, 2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
look
e. Weyerhaeuser Company.
2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by the
American Lumber Standards'Committee Board of Review.
B. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1.
C. Hardwood Plywood: HPVA HP-1,made with adhesive containing no urea-formaldehyde resin.
D. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade MD-Exterior Glue.
2.3 EXTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM
A. Lumber Trim for Painted Applications: Kiln-dried, solid lumber with surfaced (smooth) face
and of the following species and grade:
1. Grade A western red cedar;NLGA,WCLIB,or WWPA.
B. Moldings: Made to patterns included in WMMPA WM 7. Wood moldings made from kiln-
dried stock and graded under WMMPA WM 4.
1. Moldings for Opaque Finish(Painted): P-grade western red cedar.
2.4 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM
A. Hardwood Lumber Trim for Transparent Finish(Stain or Clear Finish): Clear,kiln-dried,white
maple finished lumber(S4S), selected for compatible grain and color.
B. Lumber Trim for Opaque Finish(Painted):.Finished lumber(S4S), either forger jointed or solid
lumber,of the following species and grades:
1. Grade A Finish alder, aspen, basswood, cottonwood, gum, magnolia, soft maple,
sycamore,tupelo, or yellow poplar;NHLA.
C. Moldings: Made to patterns included in WMMPA WM 7. Wood moldings made from kiln-
dried stock and graded under WMMPA WM 4.
1. Moldings for Transparent Finish(Stain or Clear Finish): N-grade white maple.
a. Provide material selected for compatible grain and color.
2. Moldings for Opaque Finish (Painted): P-grade aspen, basswood, cottonwood, gum,
magnolia, soft maple,tupelo,or yellow poplar.
_40W
FINISH CARPENTRY 06200-3
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
C. Samples for Verification:
1. For each species and�cut of lumber and panel products with nonfactory-applied finish,
with 1/2 of exposed surface finished, 50 sq. in. (300 sq. cm) for lumber and 8 by 10
inches(203 by 250 mm) for panels.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Protect materials against weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber,
plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under
temporary coverings.
B. Deliver interior finish carpentry only when environmental conditions meet requirements
specified for installation areas. If finish carpentry must be stored in other than installation
areas, store only where environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation
areas.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install interior fi nish carpentry until building is
enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in space is completed and nominally dry, and HVAC
system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels
during the remainder of the construction period.
B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit work to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and
warranty requirements and at least one coat of specified finish to be ap plied without exposure to
rain, snow, or dampness.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the followi ng:
1. Hardwood Veneer Plywood Paneling:
a. Champion International Corp.
b. Chesapeake Hardwood Products, Inc.
C. Georgia-Pacific Corp.
d. Ply-Gem Manufacturing.
FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 -2
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26, 2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
SECTION 06200-FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Exterior standing and running trim.
2. Interior standing and running trim.
3. Interior plywood paneling.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 6 Section" Miscellaneous Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry
work not exposed to view.
2. Division 9 Section"Painting" for priming and backpriming of finish carpentry.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Inspection agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them,include the following:
1. NELMA-Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association.
2. NHLA-National Hardwood Lumber Association.
3. NLGA-National Lumber Grades Authority.
4. RIS -Redwood Inspection Service.
5. SCMA- Southern Cypress Manufacturers Association.
6. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.
7. WCLIB -West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
8. WWPA-Western Wood Products Association.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Include construction
details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, textures, and
colors.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: Color charts consisting of actual materials in small sections for
paneling for each type of material indicated.
FINISH CARPENTRY 06200- 1
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
3.2 WOOD BLOCKING,AND NAILER INSTALLATION
A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated
and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other
work involved.
B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces,
unless otherwise indicated.
3.3 WOOD FURRING INSTALLATION
A. Install level and plumb with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required
for tolerance of finish work.
END OF SECTION 06105
MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 -6
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26, 2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit
carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring,
nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other
construction.
B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's "Details for Conventional Wood Frame
Construction,"unless otherwise indicated.
C. Metal Framing Anchors: Install metal framing to comply with manufacturer' s written
instructions.
D. Do not splice structural members between supports,unless otherwise indicated.
E. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures,
specialty items,and trim.
1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where
framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips
not more than 16 inches(406 mm)o.c.
F. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation or with
fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with
function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or
optimum joint arrangement.
G. Comply with AWPAM4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated
lumber.
1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water.
2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water.
H. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying
with the following:
1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.
2. Table 2305.2, "Fastening Schedule," in the Massachusetts State Building Code, 780
CMR.
I. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully
penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials.
Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; do not
countersink nail heads,unless otherwise indicated.
MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 -5
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
G. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A(ASTM F 568M,Property Class 4.6);
with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M)hex nuts and,where indicated, flat washers.
H. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with
capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in
unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as
determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and
inspecting agency.
1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633,
Class Fe/Zn 5.
2.6 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited t o,the following:
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
C. Basis-of-Design Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide comparable
products by one of the following:
1. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co.
2. Harlen Metal Products,Inc.
3. KC Metals Products,Inc.
4. Simpson Strong-Tie Co.,Inc.
5. Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co.,Inc.
6. USP Structural Connectors.
D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with
ASTM A 653/A 653M,G60(Z180)coating designation.
1. Use for interior locations where stainless steel is not indicated.
E. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666,Type [304] [316].
1. Use for exterior locations and where indicated.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Adhesives for Gluing Furring to Concrete or Masonry: Formulation complying with
ASTM D 3498 that is approved for use indicated by adhesive manufacturer.
1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D(EPA Method 24).
MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 -4
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
4. Cants.
5. Furring.
B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No. 2 grade lumber with 19
percent maximum moisture content of any species.
C. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and the
following species and grades:
1. Mixed southern pine,No. 2 grade; SPIB.
2. Hem-fir or hem-fir (north), Construction or 2 Common grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or
WWPA.
3. Spruce-pine-fir (south) or spruce-pine-fir, Construction or 2 Common grade; NeLMA,
NLGA,WCLIB,or WWPA.
D. For blocking not used for attachment of other construction Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade lumber
of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate defects that will
interfere with its attachment and purpose.
E. For blocking and hailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to
eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work.
F. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots
capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling.
2.4 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS
A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, in
thickness indicated or, if not indicated,not less than %nominal thickness.
2.5 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified
in this Article for material and manufacture.
1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated,
or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating
complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M.
B. Nails,Brads,and Staples: ASTM F 1667.
C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272.
D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.
E. Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads
and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened.
F. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1 (ASME B18.2.3.8M).
MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105- 3
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air
circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS,GENERAL
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency
is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency
certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the
ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated.
1. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for
moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed
sizes for dry lumber.
2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS
A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2.,
1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical
formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise
adversely affect finishes.
B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use
material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material.
C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board
of Review.
D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:
1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar
members in connection with roofing, flashing,vapor barriers,and waterproofing.
2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring and similar concealed members in contact with
masonry or concrete.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other
construction, including the following:
1. Blocking.
2. Nailers.
3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs.
MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 -2
Renovations to Gill Hall March 26,2004
Smith College
Northampton,Massachusetts
SECTION 06105 -MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs.
2. Wood blocking and nailers.
3. Wood furring.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed to view
and not specified in another Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater but less than 5 inches nominal in
least dimension.
B. Lumber grading agencies,and the abbreviations used to reference them,include the following:
1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association.
2. NHLA: National Hardwood Lumber Association.
3. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority.
4. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.
5. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component
materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.
1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and
certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate
type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained.
MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105- 1
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of products, or
performance of work.
C. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to Engineer in writing do not
proceed with work until Engineer has provided further instructions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to assure structural value or
integrity of affected portion of work.
B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of project from damage.
C. Provide protection from elements for that portion of the Project which may be
exposed by cutting and patching work, and maintain excavations free from
water.
3.03 PERFORMANCE
A. Execute cutting and demolition by methods, which will prevent damage to other
work, and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs.
B. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will prevent settlement or
damage to other work.
C. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to
comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes.
D. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide
completed Work in accord with requirements of Contract Documents.
E. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduits and other penetrations
through surfaces.
F. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match
adjacent surfaces:
1. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection.
2. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
END OF SECTION 01750
CUTTING & PATCHING 01750-3
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Integrity or effectiveness of weather-exposed or moisture resistant
elements or systems.
4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational
elements.
5. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements.
B. Request shall include:
1. Identification of the Project.
2. Description of affected work.
3. The necessary for cutting, alteration or excavation.
4. Effect on work of Owner or any separate contractor, or on structural or
weatherproof integrity of Project.
5. Description of proposed work:
a. Scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation.
b. Trades who will execute the work.
C. Products proposed to be used.
d. Extent of refinishing to be done.
6. Alternatives to cutting and patching.
C. Should conditions of Work or the work schedule indicate a change of products
from original installation, Contractor shall submit request for substitution as
specified.
D. Submit written notice to Engineer designating the date and the time the work will
be uncovered.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Comply with specifications and standards for each specific product involved.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Inspect existing conditions of Project, including elements subject to damage or
to movement during cutting and patching.
CUTTING & PATCHING 01750-2
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 01750
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including
attendant excavation and backfill, required to complete the work or to:
1. Make its several parts fit together properly.
2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work.
3. Remove and replace defective work.
4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract
Documents.
5. Remove samples of installed work as.specified for testing.
6. Provide routine penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installation of
piping and electrical conduit.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry
B. Section 09900— Painting
C. Section 15300— Fire Protection
D. Section 15500 -Mechanical
E. Section 16100 - Electrical
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a written request to Engineer well in advance of executing any cutting or
alteration which affects:
1. Work of the Owner or any separate Contractor.
2. Structural value or integrity of any element of the Project.
CUTTING & PATCHING 01750-1
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions arranged by system and
subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names,
addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify
the following:
1. Significant design criteria.
2. List of equipment.
3. Parts list for each component.
4. Operating instructions.
5. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems.
G. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following:
1. Shop drawings and product data.
2. Certificates.
3. Photocopies of warranties.
H. Submit one (1) copy of completed volumes in final form fifteen (15) days prior to
final inspection. This copy will be returned after final inspection, with Engineer
comments. Revise content of documents as required prior to final submittal.
I. Submit final volumes revised, within ten (10) days after final inspection.
1.08 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities
specified in individual Specification Sections.
B. Deliver to Project site and place in location; obtain receipt prior to final payment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
A. Not used
PART 3 EXECUTION
A. Not used
OOW END OF SECTION
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-3
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.05 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered
operation.
1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual
revisions to the work:
1. Contract Drawings.
2. Specifications.
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract.
5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.
B. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction.
C. Record information concurrent with construction progress.
D. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual
construction.
E. Delete Engineer title block and seal from all documents.
F. Submit documents to Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment.
1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit three (3) Sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8-1/2 x 11 inch text
pages, three D side ring capacity expansion binders with durable plastic covers.
B. Prepare binder covers with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS", and title of project.
C. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically
organized as described below; with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced
laminated plastic tabs.
D. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each Product or
system description identified, type on 24 pound white paper.
E. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-2
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Closeout procedures.
B. Final cleaning.
C. Adjusting.
D. Project record documents.
E. Operation and maintenance data.
F. Spare parts and maintenance materials.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Progress
cleaning.
1.03 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work
has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract
Documents and ready for Engineer's inspection.
B. Provide submittals to Engineer that are required by governing or other
authorities.
C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum,
previous payments, and sum remaining due.
D. Owner will occupy all portions of the building as specified in Section 01010.
1.04 FINAL CLEANING
A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection.
B. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition.
C. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from
the site and properly dispose of same.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-1
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with
seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather-tight,
climate controlled enclosures.
B. All products shall be stored in areas designated by the Owner.
C. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent
soiling, disfigurement, or damage.
D. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically
inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under specified
conditions.
1.05 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product
meeting those standards or description.
B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of
manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions
allowed.
C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for
Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named.
1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Engineer will consider requests for Substitutions only within fifteen (15) days
after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
A. Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
A. Not used
END OF SECTION
MATERIAL & EQUIPMENT 01600-2
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Products.
B. Transportation and handling.
C. Storage and protection.
D. Product options.
E. Substitutions.
1.02 PRODUCTS
A. Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures,
and systems forming the work. Does not include machinery and equipment
used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the work. Products
may also include existing materials or components required for reuse.
B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as
specifically permitted by the Contract Documents.
C. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for similar
components.
1.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements,
quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.
C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent
soiling, disfigurement, or damage.
MATERIAL & EQUIPMENT 01600-1
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.06 PARKING
A. As directed by the Owner.
1.07 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a
clean and orderly condition.
B. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and
continue cleaning to eliminate dust.
C. Legally remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site weekly and
dispose off-site.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
A. Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
A. Not Used
END OF SECTION
AMk
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES &TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 01500-2
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 01500
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Temporary Utilities: Electricity, lighting, and sanitary facilities.
B. Construction Facilities: Progress cleaning.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Final cleaning.
1.03 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
A. Connect to existing power service. Power consumption shall not disrupt
Owner's need for continuous service.
B. Owner will pay cost of energy used. Exercise measures to conserve energy.
C. Power Service Characteristics: 120/208 volt, three phase.
D. Permanent existing convenience receptacles may be utilized during
construction.
1.04 TEMPORARY LIGHTING
A. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting
conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required.
B. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs.
C. Permanent building lighting may be utilized during construction.
1.05 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Portable Sani-cans shall be used during construction operations as directed by
the Owner. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition.
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES &TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 01500-1
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES
A. Submit progress schedule in duplicate within five (5) days after date of
Owner-Contractor Agreement for Engineer review.
B. Revise and resubmit as required.
1.05 PRODUCT DATA
A. Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus two (2) copies,
which will be retained by the Engineer.
B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data.
Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this
Project.
C. After review, distribute in accordance with Article on Procedures above and
provide copies for Record Documents described in Section 01700 - Contract
Closeout.
1.06 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers'
printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up,
adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data.
B. Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
A. Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
A. Not used
END OF SECTION
Aftk
SUBMITTALS 01300-2
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittal procedures.
B. Construction progress schedules.
C. Product data.
D. Manufacturers' instructions.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01019 - Contract Considerations: Schedule of Values.
B. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Contract warranty and closeout submittals.
1.03 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Transmit each submittal with Engineer accepted form.
B. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, verification of
products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction work, and co-
ordination of information, is in accordance with the requirements of the work and
Contract Documents.
C. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and deliver to Engineer at his
office. Co-ordinate submission of related items.
D. Provide space for Contractor and Engineer review stamps.
E. Revise and resubmit submittals as required, identify all changes made since
previous submittal.
F. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to
promptly report any inability to comply with provisions.
SUBMITTALS 01300-1
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section.
Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials
necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A. Alternate No. 1: The addition in work above the base bid to provide fan coil units,
piping, controls, and electrical to the classrooms in the Laundry Building.
B. Alternate No. 2: The deduction in work from the base bid to delete the chiller, the
chiller barrel, and all associated refrigerant piping controls and electrical power.
C. Alternate No. 3: The addition in work from the base bid to replace all existing sprinkler
heads with new quick response heads.
D. Alternate No. 4: The addition in work above the base bid in furnish and install the
millwork window seat in Fiction Room 203.
END OF SECTION 01230
ALTERNATES 01230-2
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 01230
ALTERNATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work
defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base
Bid amount if Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of
construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or
installation methods described in the Contract Documents.
1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the
Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are
made to the Contract Sum.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely
integrate work of the alternate into Project.
1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and
similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not
indicated as part of alternate.
B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in
writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted,
rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of
negotiated modifications to alternates.
ALTERNATES 01230-1
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and
Air Conditioning Engineers
1791 Tullie Circle, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30329
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
1916 Race Street
Phildelphia, PA 19103
AWS American Welding Society
550 LeJeune Road, N.W.
Miami, FL 33135
FM Factory Mutual System
1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike
P.O. Box 688
Norwood, MA 02062
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association
2101 L Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20037
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
Battery March Park
Quincy, MA 02269
UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
333 Kingston Road
Northbrook, IL 60062
PART 2 PRODUCTS
A. Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
A. Not Used
REFERENCED STANDARDS 01090-2
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 01090
REFERENCE STANDARDS
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Quality assurance.
B. Schedule of references.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal
Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid
requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.
B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date for receiving
bids.
C. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request
clarification from Engineer before proceeding.
D. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered
from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any
reference document.
1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES
AIA American Institute of Architects
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20006
ANSI American National Standards Institute
1430 Broadway
New York, NY 10018
ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
1501 Wilson Boulevard
Arlington, VA 22209
REFERENCED STANDARDS 01090-1
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill.
F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract
Documents.
G. Fit work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through
surfaces.
H. Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor construction; completely seal voids.
I. Identify any hazardous substance or condition exposed during the work to the
Engineer for decision or remedy.
1.05 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. Owner will schedule a conference after Notice of Award.
B. Attendance Required: Owner, Engineer, Contractor, and all Subcontractors.
C. Agenda:
1. Execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement.
2. Distribution of Contract Documents.
3. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of products, Schedule of
Values, and progress schedule.
4. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract, and the
Engineer.
5. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions,
applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders and
Contract closeout procedures.
6. Review and acceptance of a detailed phasing plan.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
A. Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
A. Not Used
END OF SECTION
CO-ORDINATION AND MEETINGS 01039-3
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. Co-ordinate phasing of all work with the Director of Athletics and the appropriate
staff to limit disruption and to allow adequate time to relocate personnel and
materials.
1.03 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
A. Materials: As specified in product Sections; match existing products and work
for patching and extending work.
B. Close openings in exterior surfaces to protect existing work from weather and
extremes of temperature and humidity.
C. Remove, cut, and patch work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide a
means of restoring products and finishes to original or specified condition.
D. Refinish visible existing surfaces to remain in renovated rooms and spaces, to
specified condition for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent finishes.
1.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting and patching.
B. Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering elements which affects:
1. Structural integrity of element.
2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements.
3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of element.
4. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements.
5. Work of Owner or separate contractor.
C. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching to complete work, and to:
1. Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other work.
2. Uncover work to install or correct ill-timed work.
3. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work.
4. Remove samples of installed work for testing.
5. Provide openings in elements of work for penetrations of mechanical and
electrical work.
D. Execute work by methods which will avoid damage to other work, and provide
proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing.
CO-ORDINATION AND MEETINGS 01039-2
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
00016" NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 01039
CO-ORDINATION AND MEETINGS
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Co-ordination.
B. Field engineering.
C. Alteration project procedures.
D. Cutting and patching.
E. Pre-construction conference.
F. Site mobilization conference.
G. Progress meetings.
1.02 CO-ORDINATION
A. Co-ordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various Sections of
specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of
interdependent construction elements.
B. Verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are
compatible with building utilities. Co-ordinate work of various Sections having
interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in
service, such equipment.
C. Co-ordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical
work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown
for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with
line of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other
installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.
D. Co-ordinate completion and clean up of work of separate Sections in
preparation for Substantial Completion.
E. Co-ordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in
accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's
activities.
CO-ORDINATION AND MEETINGS 01039-1
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings.
C. Time Restrictions for Performing Interior Work:
1. All work must be substantially complete by Tuesday, August 7, 2004. Work
shall begin in Gill Hall by Thursday, May 16, 2004.
2. All work performed.in occupied spaces must be coordinated with the Gill Hall
Staff and Director. All work requiring power outage must be performed after
normal hours, unless approved otherwise by the Principal of Gill Hall. All
core drilling within occupied sections of the building must be performed at
night or on weekends as approved by the Staff.
D. HVAC, Plumbing, and Electrical System Utility Outages and Shutdown:
1. Limited to after normal Library hours, unless approved by the Principal of Gill
Hall and the Department of Physical Plant in advance.
1.04 OWNER OCCUPANCY
A. The Owner will occupy the premises during entire period of construction for the
conduct of normal operations.
B. Co-operate with Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate Owner's operations.
C. Schedule the Work to accommodate this requirement.
D. Construct dust and sound barriers as required to protect occupied areas within the
Gill Hall.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
A. Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
A. Not Used
Summary of Wont 01010-2
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT REFERENCES
A. Attention is directed to the Contract, Conditions of the Contract, and all Sections
within Division 1 - General Requirements, which are hereby made a part of this
Section of the Specification.
B. Equality of material, article, assembly, or system other than those named or
described in this Section shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of
Article 2.6 of the Supplementary Conditions.
1.02 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK
A. The project site of Gill Hall Building located at Smith College, 126 West Street,
Northampton, Massachusetts.
B. The work under this Contract consists of all labor, materials, and equipment for the
low performance and completion of all work required for the general construction of the
new HVAC systems and all other work, including demolition, removal, carpentry,
sheet rock, painting, cutting and patching, trim, mechanical, electrical, and patching
for the entire project at the above described project site, all in accordance with the
requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. In addition to the work within the
project site, the bidder shall include all other work, which may be noted or indicated
on the Drawings or specified, which is outside the project site. The bidder shall
include in his bid the cost of all work to be done by others at the expense of the
General Contractor.
C. In addition to work outside the project site noted or indicated to be part of the work
of this Contract, the Contractor shall include the cost of the entire restoration of work
damaged or destroyed by encroaching upon the area adjoining the project site. All
restoration work shall be done in accordance with applicable divisions of the
Specifications.
D. The work or providing and removing, where appropriate, all temporary facilities.
1.03 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Limit use of site and premises to allow:
1. Owner occupancy.
2. Use of site and premises by public.
Summary of Work 01010-1
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Salvage Metal: Smith College will have first right of refusal for all scrap metal.
The project coordinator for the college will make the necessary decision.
D. Keys: The college will provide the contractor with the necessary keys if needed
for the project. The contractor will sign a key form stating what key or keys are
issued to them. It is the responsibility of the contractor to return the keys to the
project manager. The contractor will receive a copy of the key form, signed by
the college that states the keys have been returned. Failure to comply with said
terms will result in a charge of $250.00 per key. The college reserves the right t
deduct this amount from the final invoice.
E. Work Behavior: Courteous behavior is expected at all times and shall be
enforced. Workers shall refrain from harassing any student, staff member, or
fellow worker. Occurrence will require immediate termination of the responsible
person(s).
2.15 ARTICLE 14 - TERMINATION OF CONTRACT- No Changes
AMENDMENTS TO AIA A to GC-4
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
(.4) Employer's Liability:
(.1) $500,000 Each Accident.
(.2) $1,000,000 Disease— Policy Limit.
(.4) $500,000 Disease— Each Employee.
(Not required of proprietorships and partnerships, which have no
employees. If any employees are subcontracted, coverage will be
required, even if the employees are considered "independent
contractors". A statement via letter must be provided with the
certificates or policy copies sating that the firm has no employees
other than the proprietor or partners. A certificate showing coverage
of Health Insurance is required of all-sole proprietors and partners).
(.5) Excess Liability:
(.1) $1,000,000 Each Occurrence.
(.2) $1,000,000 Aggregate
Umbrella Form required unless otherwise agreed.
B. 11.4 add . . . .
(.4) No performance or payment bond will be required.
2.13 ARTICLE 12 - CORRECTION OF WORK- No Changes
2.14 ARTICLE 13 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
A. Parking: All employees who will be working for the contractor will be assigned a
parking area by the college. This will be the only place where the employees of
the contractor receive a Smith College parking ticket, for parking in an
unauthorized parking space, and did not pay the fine; the college has the right to
deduct whatever fines are outstanding from the final payment of the completed
job.
B. Lawns: The contractor is responsible to take whatever action is necessary to
prevent damage to the lawns, sidewalks or shrubs on the college property. The
project coordinator will review the area with the contractor before the job starts,
to make any notes about the existing conditions. After the work is completed,
the project coordinator along with the contractor will review the site. If damage
has accrued, it is the responsibility of the contractor to repair or replace the
shrubs, lawn or sidewalks to the satisfaction of the college.
AMENDMENTS TO AIA A to GC-3
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
fifteen percent (15%) of the net cost of the work.
For work performed by Subcontractors, cost to Owner may include an
allowance for Subcontractor's overhead and profit not to exceed
fifteen percent (15%) of Subcontractor's net cost, plus an allowance
for General Contractor's overhead and profit not to exceed ten
percent (10%) of the Subcontractor's net cost."
2.09 ARTICLE 8 - TIME - No Changes
2.10 ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION - No Changes
2.11 ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY- No Changes
2.12 ARTICLE 11 — INSURANCE
Smith College Liability Insurance Requirements
A. All vendors who routinely transact business on the Smith College Campus
must meet the following insurance requirements:
(.1) General Liability:
(.1) $2,000,000 General Aggregate.
(.2) $1,000,000 Product/Completed Operations.
(.3) $1,000,000 Personal &Advertising Injury.
(.4) $50,000 Fire Damage Legal Liability.
(.5) $5,000 Medical Expense.
Coverage is to include Broad Form Property Damage, XCU hazard (if
appropriate), Contractual Liability and be Occurrence Form unless
otherwise agreed.
(.2) Auto Liability:
(.1) $1,000,000 Combined Single-Limit.
Coverage is to include all Owned Autos or Scheduled Autos and
Hired Autos and Non-Owned Autos.
(.3) Worker's Compensation:
Statutory Worker's Compensation.
AMENDMENTS TO AIA A to GC-2
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 1
AMENDMENTS TO A.I.A. GENERAL CONDITIONS
1.00 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS
The General Conditions of the Contract shall be the American Institute of Architects
(AIA) Document A201. "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", 1987,
herein referred to as the General Conditions.
1.02 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
The following items consist of changes and additions to the General Conditions.
Where any part of an article of the General Conditions is modified or deleted, the
remaining unaltered portion shall remain in effect.
2.00 AMENDMENTS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS
2.01 GENERAL
Wherever the term Architect appears, substitute the words Engineer.
2.02 ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Paragraph 1.1.1. - Revise last sentence to read, "The Contract Documents
do include . .
2.03 ARTICLE 2 - OWNER - No Changes
2.04 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACTOR - No Changes
A. Paragraph 3.6 - revise to read, " . . ., the Contractor shall not pay sales,. . .
.taxes . . . "
2.05 ARTICLE 4 -ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT- No Changes
2.06 ARTICLE 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS - No Changes
2.07 ARTICLE 6 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR SEPARATE CONTRACTORS - No
changes
2.08 ARTICLE 7 -CHANGES IN WORK
A. 7.3.6, add . . .
A "reasonable allowance for overhead and profit" for work solely
performed by the Contractor as indicated above and utilized in the
completion of cost and credit figures in Article 12.1.3, shall not exceed
AMENDMENTS TO AIA A to GC-11
14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and
time caused by suspension, delay or interruption as described in Subparagraph 14.3.1.
Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the
extent:
1 that performance is,was or would have been so suspended,delayed or interrupted
by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;or
.2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the
Contract.
14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
14.4.1 The Owner may,at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and
without cause.
14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's
convenience,the Contractor shall: THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
.1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
.2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
preservation of the Work;and RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
.3 except for Work directed to be performed nor to the effective date of MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
P P P ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
termination stated in the notice,terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. DOCUMENT D401.
14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be This document has been approved and
entitled to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such endorsed by The Associated General
termination,along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. Contractors of America.
01997 AIA®
AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 y The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/188004.
44
14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Subparagraph 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor
may, upon seven days' written notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and
,OW*. recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to
materials, equipment,tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable
overhead,profit and damages.
14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 6o consecutive days through no act or fault of
the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing
portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently
failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters
important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days'
written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the
Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.3.
14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE
14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
y CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
workers or proper materials; RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
.2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
.3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances,or rules,regulations or orders of a public DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
authority having jurisdiction;or , DOCUMENT D401.
.4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract This document has been approved and
Documents. endorsed by The Associated General
Contractors of America.
14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist,the Owner,upon certification by the Architect
that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or
remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any,
seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any
prior rights of the surety:
L 1 take possession of the site and of all materials,equipment,tools,and construction
_ equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor,
.2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4;and
.3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient.
Upon request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a
detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work.
14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in
Subparagraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the
Work is finished.
14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work,
including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,and
other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived,such excess shall be paid to the
Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance,the Contractor shall pay the
difference to the Owner.The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may
be,shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall
survive termination of the Contract.
A
14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or �■�
interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine.
01997 AIA®
AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
),Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by The
r: American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
t; quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
ates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292
_opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
43
13.6 INTEREST
13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the
date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence
thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located.
13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD
13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor:
.1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior
to the relevant date of Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of
limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be
deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of
Substantial Completion;
.2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As
to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment;and MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
.3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of
DOCUMENT D401.
action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the This document has been approved and
date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty endorsed by The Associated General
provided under Paragraph 3.5,the date of any correction of the Work or failure to Contractors of America.
correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual
commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the
Contractor or Owner,whichever occurs last.
ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR
14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30
consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-
subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions
of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, for any of the following
reasons:
1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which
requires all Work to be stopped;
.2 an act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency which requires
all Work to be stopped;
.3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not
notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in
Subparagraph 9.4.1,or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate
for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or
.4 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the
Contractor's request,reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1.
14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the
Contractor.or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other ,
persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the +f•;�;
Contractor, repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as �■i
described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than loo percent of the total
number of days scheduled for completion,or 12o days in any 365-day period,whichever is less. 01997 AIA®
AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 " .
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
42
shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The
Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment.
13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE
13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the
individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was
intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address
known to the party giving notice.
13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies
available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights
and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law.
13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract,nor shall such action or failure to CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,except as may be specifically ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
agreed in writing. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS ELECTROMCALLY DRAFTED AIA
13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA
Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having DOCUMENT MI.
jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor This document has been approved and
shall make arrangements for such tests,inspections and approvals with an independent testing endorsed by The Associated General
laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall Contractors of America.
bear all related costs of tests,inspections and approvals.The Contractor shall give the Architect
timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may
be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals
which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded.
Av 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that
portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under
Subparagraph 13.5.1,the Architect will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the
Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an
entity acceptable to the Owner,and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of
when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for
such procedures. Such costs,except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3,shall be at the Owner's
expense.
13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and
13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the
Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated
procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the
Contractor's expense.
13.5.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection or approval shall,unless otherwise required
by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the
Architect.
13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract �, ,-W
Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of
testing.
.13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made 01997 AIA®
to avoid unreasonable delay m the Work. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
promptly y GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
"States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia — 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/1812004.
41
z
correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner
has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall
give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for
correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an
opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the
Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct
nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from
the Owner or Architect,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4.
12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to
portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between
Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work
12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective
Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Paragraph 12.2.
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
RESPECT T0175 COMPLETION OR
Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
whether completed or partially completed,of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the DOCUMENT D401.
Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements
of the Contract Documents. This document has been approved and
endorsed by The Associated General
12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of Contractors of America
limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the
Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described
in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the
Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to.comply with the
Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings
may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's
obligations other than specifically to correct the Work.
12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK
12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements
of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and
correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable.Such
adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made.
ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
13.1 GOVERNING LAW
13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located.
13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors,
assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns
and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and
obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Subparagraph 13.2.2,
neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of •`.�. .=F
the other.If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent,that party
shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract.
13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to an 01997 AIA®
AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
institutional lender providing construction financing for the Project. In such event,the lender GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 ;
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia — 6127/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
40
cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary.The Owner shall
deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in
accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach,or in accordance with an
arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.6. If after
such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for
convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after
notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7.
s
11.4.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless
one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to
the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved as
provided in Paragraphs 4.5 and 4.6. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in the case of arbitration,
make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of the arbitrators.If distribution of
insurance proceeds by arbitration is required,the arbitrators will direct such distribution.
11.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
11.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH OR
stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the RESPECT TI ITS COMPLETION IO
P g q P Y q MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
date of execution of the Contract. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of DOCUMENT D401.
bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall
promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. This document has been approved and
endorsed by The Associated General
ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK Contractors of America
12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK
12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to
requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents,it must,if required in writing
by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the
l:
Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time.
,art,
:. 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically
requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work
and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract
` Documents,costs of uncovering and replacement shall,by appropriate Change Order,be at the
Owner's expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,correction
shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate
contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs.
12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK
12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to
conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after
Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of
correcting such rejected Work,including additional testing and inspections and compensation
for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's
expense.
12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION � +
12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.5,if,within one year
after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the
date for commencement of warranties established under Subparagraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an, 01997 AIA®
applicable special warranty required'by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
. be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
e< H opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
tates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/1812004.
39
Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and
Sub-subcontractors in the Work,and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds.
11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and
maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property
due to fire or other hazards,however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the
Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property,including consequential losses due to fire or
other hazards however caused.
11.4.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described
herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner
shall,if possible,include such insurance,and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor
by appropriate Change Order.
11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or
personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from CO DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the ATTORNEY O ITS ENCOURAGED COMPLETION wlRH
construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION IO OR
Subparagraph 11. .7 for damages caused b fire or other causes of loss covered b this separate MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
4 g Y y P ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
endorsement or otherwise. DOCUMENT 0401.
11.4.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur,the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy This document has been approved and
of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.4. Each policy endorsed by The Associated General
shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements Contractors of America.
related to this Project.Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled
or allowed to expire,and that its limits will not be reduced,until at least 3o days'prior written
notice has been given to the Contractor.
11.4.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (i)
each other and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees, each of
the other, and (z) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in
Article 6,if any,and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees,for
damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance
obtained pursuant to this Paragraph n.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work,
except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary.
The Owner or Contractor,as appropriate,shall require of the Architect,Architect's consultants,
separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,
agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally
required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The
policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of
subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would
otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise,did not pay the insurance
premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable
interest in the property damaged.
11.4.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as
fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may
appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph n.4.to.
The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the ���"+ .-
Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall
require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner..
01997 AIA®
11-4.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 ,
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia — 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
38
11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability
insurance,the Owner,Contractor and Architect waive all rights against each other for damages,
except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance.The policy shall provide
for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise.
11.3.3 The Owner shall not require the Contractor to include the Owner,Architect or other
persons or entities as additional insureds on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under
Paragraph.n.i.
11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE
11.4.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or
companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located,
property insurance written on a builder's risk"all-risk"or equivalent policy form in the amount
of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract modifications and cost of
materials supplied or installed by others,comprising total value for the entire Project at the site THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance,until final payment RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
has been made as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.4 to be covered, ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Project. DOCUMENT D401.
11.4.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all-risk" or equivalent policy form and shall This document has been approved and
include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and endorsed by The Associated General
physical loss or damage including,without duplication of coverage,theft,vandalism,malicious Contractors of America.
mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary
buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any
applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and
Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss.
r 11.4:1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the
Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so
inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may
then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and
Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be
charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to
purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor in
writing,then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto.
11.4.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs_ not
covered because of such deductibles.
11.4.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site,and also
portions of the Work in transit.
11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence =�
until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to
such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor
shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, +,*, , A
without mutual written consent,take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that • ;;.�
would cause cancellation,lapse or reduction of insurance.
11.4.2 Boiler.and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler 01997 AIA®
and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 197Q 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
Washington,D.C.20006-5292
tates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution..This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
37
11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies
lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such
insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or
result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may
be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of
them may be liable:
.1 claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similar
employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed;
.2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or
death of the Contractor's employees;
.3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any
person other than the Contractor's employees;
.4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage;
.5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
destruction of tangible property,including loss of use resulting therefrom; CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN
.6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property ATTORNEY 1S ENCOURAGED WITH
damage arising out of ownership,maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
.7 claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
.8 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's DOCUMENT D401.
obligations under Paragraph 3.18.
This document has been approved and
11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph u.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits endorsed by The Associated General
of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is Contractors of America.
greater.Coverages,whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis,shall be maintained
without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and
termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment.
11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior
to commencement of the Work. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this
Paragraph u.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be
canceled or allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the
Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final
payment and are reasonably available,an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such
coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by
Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised
limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate,or both,shall be furnished by the Contractor
with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief.
11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual
liability insurance.
11.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.3.1 Optionally, the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project
—"-
Management Protective Liability insurance from the Contractor's usual sources as primary
coverage for the Owner's, Contractor's and Architect's vicarious liability for construction
operations under the Contract. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the %,1
Owner shall reimburse the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of : •t#,• ,:
purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage,and the Contractor shall not be
responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner.The minimum
limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits 01"7 AIA®
required for Contractor's Liability Insurance under Clauses 11.1.1.2 through 11.1.1.5. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1993, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by e
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial. The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia – 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
36
10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be
loaded so as to endanger its safety.
10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or
death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or
polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor
shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report
the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing.
10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or
absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and,in the event such material
or substance is found to be present, to verify that it has been rendered harmless. Unless
otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the
Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to THIS DOCUMENT HA5IMPORTANT LEGAL
perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to CONSEOUENCE5.CONSULTATION WITH AN
perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance.The Contractor ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner.If either the Contractor MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall DOCUMENT D40I.
resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be
extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the This document has been approved and
Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down, delay and start-up,which adjustments endorsed by The Associated General
shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. Contractors of America.
10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless
the Contractor,Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants and agents and employees of
any of them from and against claims,damages, losses and expenses,including but not limited
,., to attorneys'fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area
if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or,death as described in
Subparagraph 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim,damage,loss
or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or
destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself) and provided that such damage,
loss or expense is not due to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity.
10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Paragraph 10.3 for materials and substances
brought to the site by the Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the
Contract Documents.
10.5 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for
the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing
Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all
cost and expense thereby incurred.
10.6 EMERGENCIES "—
10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at
the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional
compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency ! A
shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7.
ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS
11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 01997^'A®
AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
Est GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Kopyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951,1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by T e
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
Mates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292
_opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia – 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
35
.2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents;
or
.3 terns of special warranties required by the Contract Documents.
9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier
shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and
identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment.
ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS
10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all
safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract.
10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury or loss to: CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
.2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
storage on or off the site,under care,custody or control of the Contractor or the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors;and DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
.3 other properly at the site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs, lawns,walks, DOCUMENT D401.
pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal,
relocation or replacement in the course of construction. This document has been approved and
endorsed by The Associated Genera(
10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances,rules, Contractors of America.
regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or properly or
their protection from damage,injury or loss.
10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and
performance of the Contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting
danger signs and other warnings against hazards,promulgating safety regulations and notifying
owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities.
10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or
unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost
care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel.
10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or"loss
insured under properly insurance required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to
in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a
Sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for
whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2
and 10.2.1.3,except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or
anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of
them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The
foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under
Paragraph 3.18.
10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization
at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.This person shall be the Contractor's rf
superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and
Architect.
01997 AIA®
AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION"
u opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia — 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
34
9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and
Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in
order to determine and record the condition of the Work-
9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon,partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the
Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT
9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and
acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly
make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract
Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final
Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information and THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
final payment have been fulfilled. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
DOCUMENT D401.
9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until
the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and This document has been approved and
equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the endorsed by The Associated General
Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)have Contractors of America.
been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the
Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be
canceled or allowed to.expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the
Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the
insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4)
consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data
establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of
liens,claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract,to the extent and
in such form as may be designated by the Owner.If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release
or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner
to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are
R made,the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to
"'' pay in discharging such lien,including all costs and reasonable attorneys'fees.
9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially
delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final
completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the
Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make
payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the
remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in
the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to .rr�
payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be
submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such
payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it
shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except
those arising from: 01997 AIA®
.1 liens, Claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
unsettled; GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
u opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 199TTy-715eF
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation.of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
''tates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
33
the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be
extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the
Contractor's reasonable costs of shut-down,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided for in
the Contract Documents.
9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or
designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents
so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use.
9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner
agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit
to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final
payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the
Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITNAN
9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to
P ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor's list, MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use,the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or DOCUMENT D401.
correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then
submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. This document has been approved and
endorsed by The Associated General
9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect Contractors of America.
will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial
Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security,
maintenance,heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within
which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate.Warranties
required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of
the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Substantial Completion.
9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and
Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate.
Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of .
retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof.Such payment shall be adjusted
for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE
9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the
Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor,
provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Clause u.4.1.5
and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work.Such partial occupancy
or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the =_
Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing.the responsibilities assigned to each of them
for payments,retainage,if any,security,maintenance,heat, utilities,damage to the Work and
insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and
commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor
considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the io
Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial
occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work 01997 AIA®
shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Kopyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 19r76, 1987, O 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.�.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution..This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia — 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
32
.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of
the Contract Sum;
.5 damage to the Owner or another contractor;
.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract
Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or
liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;or
.7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will
be made for amounts previously withheld.
9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make
payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
notify the Architect. CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
from the Owner,out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
portion of the Work,the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion DOCUMENT D401.
of the Work.The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor,require
each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. This document has been approved and
endorsed by The Associated General
9.6.3 The Architect will,on request, furnish to a Subcontractor,if practicable, information Contractors of America.
regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action
taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such
Subcontractor.
9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the
payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law.
9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in
Subparagraphs 9.6.2,9.6.3 and 9.6.4.
9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of
the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum
of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by
Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or
suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials; or both, under contract with the
Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require
money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor,
shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of
trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the
Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision.
9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT
9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the �t
Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if
the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the w991 AIA®
Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration,then the AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
Contractor may, upon seven additional days written notice to the Owner and Architect,stop GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The'
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia — 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
31
r
shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such
materials and equipment stored off the site.
9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment
will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment.The Contractor further warrants that
upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment
have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the
Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security
interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or
other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and
equipment relating to the Work.
9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for
Payment,either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor,for THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1• RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated DOCUMENT D401.
and that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the
Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents.The foregoing representations are subject This document has been approved and
to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial endorsed by The Associated Genera(
Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations Contractors of America.
from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by
the Architect.The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation
that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However,the issuance of a
Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (i) made exhaustive
or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of
requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by
the Owner to substantiate the Contractors right to payment, or (4) made examination to
ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account
of the Contract Sum.
9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION
9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the
extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the
representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be,made.If the Architect
is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will.notify the
Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect
cannot agree on a revised amount,the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment
for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner.The
Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered
evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such rr..■
extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which
the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in
Subparagraph 3.3.2,because of
.1 defective Work not remedied; 'y'
2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such
claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor;
.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for 01997 AIA®
labor,materials or equipment; AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 19870 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
30
8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve
Substantial Completion within the Contract Time.
8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work
by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate
contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes,
fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's
control,or by delay authorized by-the Owner pending mediation and arbitration, or by other
causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be
extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine.
8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of
Paragraph 4.3•
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
9.1 CONTRACT SUM ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments, DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
DOCUMENT D901.
is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under
the Contract Documents. This document has been approved and
endorsed by The Associated General
9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Contractors of America.
9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect
a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and
supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require.This schedule,
unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's
Applications for Payment.
9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor
shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in
accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and
supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or
Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material
suppliers,and reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents.
9.3.1.1 As provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8, such applications may include requests for
payment on account of changes in the Work which have .been properly authorized by
Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet
included in Change Orders.
9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for
which the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless
such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay.
9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on
account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent ��•s�;;�•r
incorporation in the Work If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be �t
made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in
writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned 01997 AIA®
upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
uotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
Cates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
29
7.3.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or
change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed
by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are
involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net
increase,if any,with respect to that change.
7.3.8 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to
the Owner, amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in
Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties' agreement
with part or all of such costs.For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute,the Architect
will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those-
costs. That determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change
Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in accordance with
Article 4. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made b y the Architect CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
g ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK DOCUMENT D401.
7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving
adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with This document has been approved and
the intent of the Contract Documents.Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall endorsed by The Associated General
be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders Contractors of America.
promptly.
ARTICLE 8 TIME
8.1 DEFINITIONS
8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided,Contract Time is the period of time,including authorized
adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work.
8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement.
8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance
with Paragraph 9.8.
8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless
otherwise specifically defined.
8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION
8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By
executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable
period for performing the Work. _
8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner
in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective
date of insurance required by Article u to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner.The date ,�
of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance.
Unless the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to
proceed given by the Owner,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five
days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of 01997 Auke
mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, m 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6127/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/1812004.
28
.3 the extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time.
7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those
listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3.
7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES
7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and
signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on
adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by
Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes in the Work
within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions,
the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly.
7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on
the terms of a Change Order. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
substantiating data to permit evaluation; ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
.2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
DOCUMENT D401.
.3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually
acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or This document has been approved and
.4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. endorsed by The Associated General
Contractors of America.
7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly
proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's
agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change
Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.
7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of
the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the
method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be
recorded as a Change Order.
7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for
adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the
Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work
attributable to the change, including,in case of an increase in the Contract Sum,a reasonable
allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor
shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting .
' together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents,costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following:
1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance,
fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' compensation
insurance;
■...
.2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation,
whether incorporated or consumed;
.3 rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented .A
from the Contractor or others;
.4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or
similar taxes related to the Work;and
.5 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to 01997 AIA®
the change. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
g GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by ThF
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
°tates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
:opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
27
6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable
opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of
their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations
with theirs as required by the Contract Documents.
6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon
construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to
proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent
discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such
proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an
acknowledgment that the Owners or separate contractors completed or partially completed
construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractors Work, except as to defects not then
reasonably discoverable.
6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner IRS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
which are payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
defective construction of the Contractor.The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities,damage to the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
Work or defective construction of a separate contractor. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA
to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate DOCUMENT MI.
contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5.
This document has been approved and
6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for endorsed by The Associated General
cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Subparagraph 3.14. Contractors of America.
6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP -
6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor,separate contractors and the Owner as to the
responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding
area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will
allocate the cost among those responsible.
ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.1 GENERAL
7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and
without invalidating the Contract,by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order
for a minor change in the Work,subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere
in the Contract Documents.
7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and
Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect
and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor;an order for a minor change in the Work
may be issued by the Architect alone.
7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract ■_�
Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the
Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work.
7.2 CHANGE ORDERS
7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the
Owner,Contractor and Architect,stating their agreement upon all of the following:
01997 AIA®
.1 _change in the Work; AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997
.2 the amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum;and GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
DCopyrlg t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
notation of its rovisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will s bject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 '
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced,in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
26
the Contractor that the Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where
appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements
with Sub-subcontractors.The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor,
prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to
which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor,
identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement
which may be at variance with the Contract.Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make
copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-
subcontractors.
5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS
5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to
the Owner provided that:
1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for
cause pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN
writing;and ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
.2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any,obligated under bond RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
relating to the Contract. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 3o days, the DOCUMENT MAYBE MADE BY USING AIA
Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from DOCUMENT D401.
the suspension.
This document has been approved and
ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS endorsed by The Associated General
6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD Contractors of America.
SEPARATE CONTRACTS
6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the
Project with the Owner's own forces,and to award separate contracts in connection with other
portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the
Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance
and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved
because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in
Paragraph 4.3•
6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other
construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in
each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement.
6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces
and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with
them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in
reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any
revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual
agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the
Contractor,separate contractors and the Other until subsequently revised.
6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs
construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,the Owner shall
be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the
Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those sue'i
stated in Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles 1o,u and 12.
6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 01997 non®
AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 5y e
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
Fuotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
ates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
..opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia — 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
25
4.6.6 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators
shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any
court having jurisdiction thereof. "
ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS
5.1 DEFINITIONS
5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to
perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor"is referred to throughout
the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized
representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate
contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor.
5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a
Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is
referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub- THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
THE WORK
ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the
DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the DOCUMENT D401.
Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to
furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal This document has been approved and
portion of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating endorsed by The Associated General
whether or not the Owner or the Architect,after due investigation,has reasonable objection to Contractors of America.
any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall '
constitute notice of no reasonable objection.
5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the
Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be
required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection.
5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by
the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no
reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of
performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by
the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be
issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractors Work.However,no increase in
the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has
acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required.
5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor,person or entity previously selected
if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitute.
5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS
5.3.1 By appropriate agreement,written where legally required for validity,the Contractor •�■
shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the
Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to
assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the ,
responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these y;"
Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall A''��
preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with
respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will 01997 AIA®
not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
<opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 " *
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. user Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/1812004.
24
4.5.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the
parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry
Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. Request for
mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American
Arbitration Association.The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand for
arbitration but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of arbitration or legal or
equitable proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 6o days from
the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order.
4.5.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation
shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually
agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements
in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
4.6 ARBITRATION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
4.6.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10,9.10.4 and 9.1o.5,shall, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
after decision by the Architect or 3o days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, be RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
subject to arbitration. Prior to arbitration, the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
mediation in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.5. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which, unless the DOCUMENT D401.
parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry
Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. The demand for This document has been approved and
arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American endorsed by The Associated General
Arbitration Association,and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. Contractors of America.
4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in
Subparagraphs 4.4.6 and 4.6.1 as applicable,and in other cases within a reasonable time after the
Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or
equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of
limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7.
4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating
to the Contract shall include,by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner,the Architect,
the Architect's employees or consultants, except by written consent containing specific
reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other
person or entity sought to be joined.No arbitration shall include,by consolidation or joinder or
in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contractor as
described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or
law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or
entity other than the Owner,Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall
be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest
or responsibility is insubstantial.Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity
shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or
entity not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other
agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the M
Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having
jurisdiction thereof.
4.6.5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for
arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration �■�-
is permitted to be demanded.
01997 AIA®
AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
,quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
,tates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
23
and Owner arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 3o days have passed after the
Claim has been referred to the Architect with no decision having been rendered by the
Architect. The Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or
entities other than the Owner.
4.4.2 The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take
one or more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant
or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in
part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the
Architect is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to evaluate
the merits of the Claim or if the Architect concludes that, in the Architect's sole discretion, it
would be inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim.
4.4.3 In evaluating Claims,the Architect may,but shall not be obligated to,consult with or
seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who
may assist the Architect in rendering a decision. The Architect may request the Owner to THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH OR
4.4.4 If the Architect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish RESPECT TI ITS COMPLETION IO
q P Y P P MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
request, and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data, advise the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
Architect when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Architect that no DOCUMENT mi.
supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data,if any,the
Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. This document has been approved and
endorsed by The Associated General
4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision,which shall state the Contractors of America.
reasons therefor and which shall notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or
Contract Time or both.The approval or rejection of a Claim by the Architect shall be final and
binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration.
4.4.6 When a written decision of the Architect states that(i)the decision is final but subject
to mediation and arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such
decision must be made within 3o days after the date on which the party making the demand
receives the final written decision, then failure to demand arbitration within said 3o days'
period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and
Contractor.If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated,
such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings
unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned.
4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter, the
Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety,if any,of the nature and
amount of the Claim.If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default,.the Architect
or the Owner may,but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance
in resolving the controversy.
4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such
Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing
deadlines prior to resolution of the Claim by the Architect,by mediation or by arbitration.
4.5 MEDIATION
4.5.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic
effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10,9.10.4 and 9.10.5 shall,
after initial decision by the Architect or 3o days after submission of the Claim to the Architect,
be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal or 01997 AIA®
equitable proceedings by either party. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
NCopyng t 1911, 1915, 1919, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. Amok
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
22
proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an
emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph io.6.
4.3.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not
limited to(i)a written interpretation from the Architect,(2) an order by the Owner to stop the
Work where the Contractor was not at fault,(3)a written order for a minor change in the Work
issued by the Architect,(4)failure of payment-by the Owner,(5)termination of the Contract by
the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in
accordance with this Paragraph 4.3•
4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time
4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,written
notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of
cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work.In the case of a continuing delay
only one Claim is necessary. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
4.3.7.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time,such Claim CONSEQUENCES.ENCOURAGED WITH
WITHAN
ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
scheduled construction. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers DOCUMENT MI.
injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of
others for whose acts such party is legally responsible,written notice of such injury or damage, This document has been approved and
whether or not insured,shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding endorsed The Associated General
21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to Contractorrs s of America.
investigate the matter. .
4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and
if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or
Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work
proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices
shall be equitably adjusted.
4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims
against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This
mutual waiver includes:
.1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income,
profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or
employee productivity or of the services of such persons;and
.2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the
compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing,business and
reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from
the Work.
This mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either
party's termination in accordance with Article 14.Nothing contained in this Subparagraph 4.3.10 =�
shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct damages, when applicable, in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
..' + w
4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Err.;:'
4.4.1 Decision of Architect. Claims,including those alleging an error or omission by the
Architect but excluding those arising under Paragraphs 10.3 through io.5, shall be referred
initially to the Architect for decision.An initial decision by the Architect shall be required as a 01997 AIA®
condition precedent to mediation,arbitration or litigation of all Claims between the Contractor AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
4opyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
°Mnotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
ates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
21
Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time
limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made
concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in
compliance with this Paragraph 4.21 then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by
the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for
them.
4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and
reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of
drawings.When making such interpretations and initial decisions,the Architect will endeavor
to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either
and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith.
4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if
consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents.
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.The term"Claim"also includes ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice. The responsibility to DOCUMENT D401.
substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim.
This document has been approved and
4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims.Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after endorsed by The Associated General
occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first Contractors of America.
recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later.Claims must be initiated by
written notice to the Architect and the other party.
4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim except as
otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Subparagraph 9.7.1 and Article 14,the Contractor
shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to
make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents.
4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions.If conditions are encountered at
the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ
materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical
conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist
and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in
the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party
promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first
observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if
they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time
required for,performance of any part of the Work,will recommend an equitable adjustment in
the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.If the Architect determines that the conditions at
the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that
no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,the Architect shall so notify the Owner and �■
Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such
determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision.
If the conditions encountered are materially different, the Contract Sum and Contract Time
shall be equitably adjusted,but if the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in ��,
the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial
determination,subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4•
01997 AIA®
4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 '
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia — 6127/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
20
Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons-or entities performing
portions of the Work.
4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially
authorized,the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through
the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract.Communications by and
with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with
Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by
and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner.
4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the
Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for
Payment in such amounts.
4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
Contract Documents.Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
will have authority o require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
Y q P g RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13:5.3,whether or not such Work is fabricated,installed or completed. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers,their agents or DOCUMENT D401.
employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.
This document has been approved and
4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the endorsed by The Associated General
Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the Contractors of America.
limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept
expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable
promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contractor or
separate contractors,while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to
permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of
determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities,
or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems,all of
which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents.The
Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the
obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute
approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any
construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures.The Architect's approval of
a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component.
4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and
may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4.
4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial
Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner, for the
Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract
and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon
compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project
representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties,
responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth »v
in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents.
01997 AIA®
4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
'tates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. user Document: 97a201.aia — 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6118/2004.
19
attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such
claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,disease or death, or to
injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent
caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or
indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,regardless of whether
or not such claim,damage,loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder.
Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations
of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph
3.18.
3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an
employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them
or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under
Subparagraph 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages,
compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers'
compensation acts,disability benefit acts of other employee benefit acts. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
4.1 ARCHITECT MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The term "Architect"means the DOCUMENT D401.
Architect or the Architect's authorized representative.
This document has been approved and
4.1.2 Duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set for in the endorsed by The Associated General
Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of Contractors of America.
the Owner,Contractor and Architect.Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a new
Architect against whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the
Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect.
4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract
Documents, and will be an Owner's representative (i) during construction, (2) until final
payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the one-year
period for correction of Work described in Paragraph 12.2.The Architect will have authority to
act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless
otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract.
4.2.2 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals
appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations (1) to become generally familiar with
and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work
completed, (2) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work,
and(3)to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the
Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However,
the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to
check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have control over or
charge of, nor be responsible for, the construction means, methods, techniques,sequences or
procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since
these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents,
except as provided in Subparagraph 3.3.1. �■�
4.2.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work 01997 AIA®
in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 " -
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia — 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
18
services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided the
Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that
such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Subparagraph 3.12.10, the Architect will review,
approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking
for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract
Documents. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or
design criteria required by the Contract Documents.
3.13 USE OF SITE
3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law,
ordinances,permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site
with materials or equipment.
3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING
3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA
consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor,such consent shall not be unreasonably DOCUMENT D401.
withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate
contractor the Contractors consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. This document figs been o and
endorsed by The Associated General
al
3.15 CLEANING UP Contractors of America.
3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation
of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the
Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the.Project waste materials, rubbish, the
Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials.
3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner
may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor.
3.16 ACCESS TO WORK
3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in
preparation and progress wherever located.
3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS
3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend
suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and
Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense
or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or
manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are
contained in Drawings,Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect.
However,if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design,process or product is .�
an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss
unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect.
3.18 INDEMNIFICATION
3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or ■��
expenses are not covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by
the Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 11.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold 01997 AIA®
harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
uCopyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by e
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
Mates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution:This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/1812004.
17
3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract
Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work
for which submittals are required by the Contract Documents the way by which the Contractor
proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the
Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph
4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive
action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals which are not required by
the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action.
3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve
and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals
required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to
cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors.
Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents
and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action.
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
P RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
DOCUMENT MI.
3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract
Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data,Samples or similar This document has been approved and
submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. endorsed by The Associated General
Contractors of America.
3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor
shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract
Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar
submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such
deviation at the time of submittal and (i) the Architect has given written approval to the
specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction
Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be
relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or
similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof.
3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop
Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested
by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice the Architect's
approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions.
3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute
the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the
Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such
services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods,
techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide
professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or
certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials or equipment are specifically
required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will
specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.The Contractor shall ,
cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional,
whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings,calculations,specifications,certifications,
Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other
submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others, 01997 AIA®
shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy,accuracy and completeness of the GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
16
.2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site,labor,installation costs,
overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts
shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances;
.3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be
adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall
reflect (i) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause
3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.2.
3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in
sufficient time to avoid delay in the Work
3.9 SUPERINTENDENT
3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants
who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The
superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the THIS DOCUMENT HA5IMPORTANT LEGAL
superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
request in each case. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall prepare and submit DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. DOCUMENT D401.
The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be This document has been approved and
revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project,shall be endorsed by The Associated General
related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall Contractors of America.
provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work
3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a
schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and
allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals.
A
3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent
schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect.
3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE
3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the
Drawings,Specifications,Addenda,Change Orders and other Modifications,in good order and
marked currently to record field changes and selections made during construction, and one
record copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required
submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for
submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work.
3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared
for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier
or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. •,!r
3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions,
brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials ,� ,
or equipment for some portion of the Work.
'ri'+aMi i�
3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials,equipment or workmanship
and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 01997 AIA®
AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 199 y T e
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
uotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
tates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia — 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6118/2004.
15
3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's
employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit
employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them.
3.5 WARRANTY
3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment
furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or
permitted by the Contract Documents,that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in
the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the
Contract Documents.Work not conforming to these requirements,including substitutions not
properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty
excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the
Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and
tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED H
3.6 TAXES RESPECT To ITS COMPLETION Ol R
3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
DOCUMENT D401.
3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES This document has been approved and
3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure endorsed by The Associated General
and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and Contractors of America.
inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily
secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or
negotiations concluded.
3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws,ordinances,rules,
regulations and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. w*„
3.7.3 It is not the Contractors responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are
in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and
regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are
at variance therewith,the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing,
and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification.
3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes,
ordinances,building codes,and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and
Owner,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the
costs attributable to correction.
3.8 ALLOWANCES
3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the
Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by .-
such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to
employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection.
3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents:
.1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment
delivered at the site and all required taxes,less applicable trade discounts; 01997 A,A®
AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
*Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 look
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
14
shall be reported promptly to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the
Architect may require.
3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be
reported promptly to the Architect,but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in
the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless
otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is not required to
ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes,
ordinances,building codes,and rules and regulations,but any nonconformity discovered by or
made known to the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect.
3.2.3 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of
clarifications or instructions issued by the Architect in response to the Contractor's notices or
requests for information pursuant to Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the Contractor shall make
Claims as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.6 and 4.3.7. If the Contractor fails to perform the
obligations of Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. The CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
such error, inconsistency, mission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
cY� g y p DOCUMENT MAYBE MADE BY USING AIA
Architect. DOCUMENT 0401.
3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES This document has been approved and
3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill endorsed by The Associated General
and attention.The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction Contractors of America.
means,methods,techniques,sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the
Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions
concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the .Contractor shall
evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely
responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures.
If the Contractor determines that such means, methods,techniques, sequences or procedures
may not be safe,the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and
shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the
Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the
Contractor,the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting loss or damage.
3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the
Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or
entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its
Subcontractors.
3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already
performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.
3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS
3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide
and pay for labor,materials,equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery,water, ,,+,
heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution f.r , r
and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not aI�
incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work.
01997 AIA®
3.4.2 The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner,after AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997
evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 199 y T e
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
olwquotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
tates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a2O1.aia — 6/2712003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
13
furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such
information or services.
2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be
furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably
necessary for execution of the Work.
2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to
carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written
order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for such order
has been eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a
duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any
other person or entity,except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
CONSEOUENCES,CONSULTATION WITH AN
2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
promptness, the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second written DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
notice to correct such deficiencies within a three-day period. If the Contractor within such DOCUMENT D401.
three-day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct
any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, This document has been approved and
correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting endorsed by The Associated General
from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such Contractors of America.
deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional
services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and
amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If
payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts,the
Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR
3.1 GENERAL
3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is
referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term
"Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative.
3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's
administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by
persons other than the Contractor.
3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY
CONTRACTOR
3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary,before starting each portion of the
Work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other
Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work,as well as the information furnished .
by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing
conditions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site
affecting it.These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor 01997 AIA®
and are not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the Contract AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
Documents; however, any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by the Contractor GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 19 0, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
12
them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the
copyrights. All copies of Instruments of Service, except the Contractor's record set, shall be
returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect,on request,upon completion of the Work.
The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the
Architect's consultants, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with
respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub-
subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this
Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner,
Architect and the Architect's consultants. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors
and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of
the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the
Architect's consultants appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the
Contract Documents. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory
copyright notice,if any,shown on the Drawings,Specifications and other documents prepared
by the Architect and the Architect's consultants. Submittal or distribution to meet official
regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants'copyrights CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
or other reserved rights. ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
ARTICLE 2 OWNER MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
2.1 GENERAL ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred DOCUMENT D401.
to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular.in number.The Owner shall designate in
writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all This document has been approved and
matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in endorsed by The Associated General
Subparagraph 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the Contractors of America.
Owner or the Owner's authorized representative.
2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a
written request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate,give notice
of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the
record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site,
and the Owner's interest therein.
2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER
2.2.1 The Owner shall,at the written request of the Contractor,prior to commencement of
the Work and thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial
arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract.Furnishing
of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement or continuation of the
Work. After such evidence has been furnished, the Owner shall not materially vary such
financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor.
2.2.2 Except for permits and fees,including those required under Subparagraph 3.7.1,which
are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents,the Owner shall secure
and pay for necessary approvals,easements,assessments and charges required for construction,
use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities.
2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations
and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The
Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but ,,
shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work.
>r�
2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be
furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness. Any other information or services 01997 AIA®
relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work under the Owner's control shall be AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, m 1997 by TFeT
American Institute of .Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
°tares and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia — 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
11
The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written
requirements for materials,equipment,systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and
performance of related services.
1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL
The Project Manual is a volume assembled.for the Work which may include the bidding
requirements,sample forms,Conditions of the Contract and Specifications.
1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper
execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are
complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all;
performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract
Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated.
results.
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
g P ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance DOCUMENT D401.
with such recognized meanings.
This document has been approved and
endorsed by The Associated General
1.3 CAPITALIZATION
Contractors of America.
1.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (1) specifically
defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles and identified references to Paragraphs,
Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or(3) the titles of other documents published by
the American Institute of Architects.
1.4 INTERPRETATION
1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words
such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an
article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the
interpretation of either statement.
1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the
Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall
identify such unsigned Documents upon request.
1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor
has visited the site,become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to
be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract
Documents.
1.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER
INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE
1.6.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic ,�+ ,
form, prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service f• ; �
through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may >�o•
retain one record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or
material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings,Specifications 01997 AIA®
and other documents prepared by the Architect or the Architect's consultants, and unless AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
otherwise indicated the Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
DCopyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, m 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia — 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
10
Work,Definition of 4.6.5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,10.3, 11.1.3,
1.1.3 u-4.6,12.2.2,12.2-4, 13.3,14
ten Consent Written Orders
1.6,3.4.2,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6.4,9.32, 1.1.1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2,11.4.9,12.1,12.2,
9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11-4-1, 13.2,13.4.2 13.5.2,14.3.1
Written Interpretations
4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6
Written Notice
2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8,
ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS
1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
(hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
Contract.A Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties,(2) ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
a Change Order,(3)a Construction Change Directive or(4) a written order for a minor change DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the DOCUMENT D401.
Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements
(advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms,the Contractor's bid This document has been approved and
or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements). endorsed by The Associated General
Contractors of America.
1.1.2 THE CONTRACT
The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the
entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,
representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or
modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a
contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Contractor, (2)between the
Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, (3)between the Owner and Architect or(4)
between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall,
however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract
intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties.
1.1.3 THE WORK
The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,
whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment
and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations.
The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project.
1.1.4 THE PROJECT
The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract
Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or
by separate contractors.
1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS
The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the ,,
design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, ++#�
details,schedules and diagrams.
1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS 01997 AIA®
AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
k CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
» opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
ates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
,.opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
9
Subcontractors,Work by TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE
1.2.2,3.3.2,3-12-1,4.2-3,5-2-3,5-3,5-4,9-3-1-2, CONTRACT
9.6.7 14
Subcontractual Relations Tests and Inspections
5.3,5.4,9.3-1.2,9.6,9.10 1o.2.1,11.4.7,11.4.8, 3.1.3,3.3.3,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,
14-1,14-2-1,14-3.2 9.10.1,10.3.2,11.4.11,12.2.1,13.5
Submittals TIME
1.6,3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2, 8
9-3,9-8,9-9-1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11.1.3
Subrogation,Waivers of Time,Delays and Extensions of
6.1.1,11.4.5, 11.4.7 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,
Substantial Completion 7.4.1,7.5.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1,10.3.2, 10.6.1,14.3.2
4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1-3,8.2-3,9-4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, Time Limits
9.10-4.2,12.2,13.7 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,
Substantial Completion,Definition of 4.2,4-3,4-4,4-5,4.6,5.2,5.3,5.4, 6.2-4,7-3,
9.8.1 7.4,8•2,9.2,9.3.1,9.33,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8, THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
Substitution of Subcontractors 9.919.10,11-1.3,u.4.1.5, 11.4.6,U-4-10,12.2,13.5, CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
13-7,14 ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
5.2.3,5.2.4 Time Limits on Claims RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
Substitution of Architect 4.3.2,4.3.4,4.3.8,4.4,4.5,4.6 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
4.1.3 Title t Wk ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
e o or
Substitutions of Materials DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
3-4-2,3-5-1,7-3-7 9.3.2,9.3.3 DOCUMENT MI.
Sub-subcontractor,Definition of UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF
5.1.2 WORK This document has been approved and
Subsurface Conditions 12 endorsed by The Associated General
4.3.4 Uncovering of Work Contractors of America.
Successors and Assigns 12.1
13.2 Unforeseen Conditions
Superintendent 4.3-4,8.3.1,10.3
3.9,10.2.6 Unit Prices
Supervision and Construction Procedures 4.3.9,7.3.3.2
1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, Use of Documents
6.2.4,7.1.3,7.3.6,8.2,8.3.1,9.4.2,10, 12,14 1.1.1,1.6,2.2-5,3-12.6,5.3
Surety Use of Site
4.4.7,5.4.1.2,9.8.5,9.10.2,9.10.3,14.2.2 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1
Surety,Consent of Values,Schedule of
9.10.2,9.10.3 9.2,9.3.1
Surveys Waiver of Claims by the Architect
2.2.3 13,¢2
Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Waiver of Claims by the Contractor
14.4 4.3-10,9.10.5,11-4.7,13-4.2
Suspension of the Work Waiver of Claims by the Owner
5.4.2,14.3 4-3-10,9-9-3,9.10.3,9.10.4,U-4.3,U-4-5,11-4-7,
Suspension or Termination of the Contract 12.2.2.1,13-4.2,14.2.4
4.3.6,5.4-1.1,U-4.9,14 Waiver of Consequential Damages
Taxes 4.3.10,14.2.4
3.6,3.8.2.1,7.3.6.4 Waiver of Liens
Termination by the Contractor 9.10.2,9.10.4
4.3.10,14.1 Waivers of Subrogation
Termination by the Owner for Cause 6.1.1,11.4.5, 11.4.7 �, f
4.3.10,5.4.1.1, 14.2 Warranty
Termination of the Architect 3.5,4.2.9,4.3.5.3,9.3.3,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.4,
4.1.3 12.2.2,13.7-1.3
Termination of the Contractor Weather Delays 01997 ^I"®
14.2.2 4.3.7.2 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
»Copyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 19S1, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license.without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
8
OF Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and
10 Samples by Contractor
°'olychlorinated Biphenyl 3.12
10.3.1 Rights and Remedies
Product Data,Definition of 1.1.2,2.3,2.4,3.5.1,3.15.2,4.2-6,4.3.4,4.5,4.6,
3.12.2 5.3,5-4,6-1,6-3,7.3.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, 10.2.5,10.3,
Product Data and Samples,Shop Drawings 12.2.2,12.2.4, 13.4,14
3.11,3.12 4.2.7 Royalties,Patents and Copyrights
Progress and Completion 3.17
4.2.2,4.3-3,8.2,9.8,9.9-1,14-1.4 Rules and Notices for Arbitration
Progress Payments 4.6.2
4.3-3,9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3,13.6,14.2.3 Safety of Persons and Property
Project,Definition of the 10.2,1o.6
1.1.4 Safety Precautions and Programs
Project Management Protective Liability 3.3.1,4.2.2,4.2.7,5.3.1,10.1,10.2,1o.6 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
Insurance Samples,Definition of CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
11.3 3.12.3 ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
Project Manual,Definition of the Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
1.1.7 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
Project Manuals Samples at the Site,Documents and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
2.2.5 3.11 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
Project Representatives Schedule of Values DOCUMENT D401.
4.2.10 9.2,9-3-1 This document has been approved and
Property Insurance Schedules,Construction endorsed by The Associated General
10.2-5, 11.4 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 Contractors of America.
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND Separate Contracts and Contractors
PROPERTY 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,4.2.7,4.6.4,6,8.3.1,
10 11.4.7, 12.1.2,12-2.5
Regulations and Laws Shop Drawings,Definition of
3.12.1
1.6, 3.6, 0,3.13,4.1.1,4.13.51, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples
9.6-4,9.9.1,10.2.2,H.1,11.4,13.1, 13.4,13.5.1,
13.5. 3.u,3.12,4.2.7
213.6>14 _
Rejection of Work Site,Use of
3.5-1,4.2.6,12.2.1 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1
Releases and Waivers of Liens Site Inspections.
9.10.2 1.2.2,3.2.1,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2,4.3-4,9.4.2,9.10.1,
Representations 13.5 `
1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,93-3,942,9-5-1, Site Visits,Architect's
9.8.2,9.10.1 4.2.2,4.2-9,4-3-4,9-4-2,9-5-1,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5
Representatives Special Inspections and Testing
2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2, 4.2.6,12.2.1,13.5
13.2.1 Specifications,Definition of the
Resolution of Claims and Disputes 1.1.6
4.4,4.5,4.6 Specifications,The
Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 1.1.1, 1.1.6,1.1.7,1.2.2,1.6,3.11,3.12.10,3.17
3.3.2 3•i8,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, Statute of Limitations
10 4.6.3,12.2.6,13.7
Retainage Stopping the Work
9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 2.3,4.3.6,9.7,10.3,14.1
d Materials +�
Review of Contract Documents and Field Store ...�" ,:,.
6.2.1,9.3.2,10.2.1.2,10.2.4,11.4.1.4 ,►' - '+
Conditions by Contractor
1.5.2 3.2,3.7.3,3.12.7,6.1.3 Subcontractor,Definition of
Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and 5.1.1
Architect SUBCONTRACTORS 01997 AIA®
3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 5 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by T e
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
tates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed" photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
_opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
7
1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4-3.6,7.1,7.4 11.2
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Owner's Loss of Use Insurance
13 11.4.3
Modifications,Definition of Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors
1.1.2,5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6.4,9.10.2,14.2.2
Modifications to the Contract Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work
1.1-1,1.1-2,3.7.3,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1, 2.4,12.2-4-14.2.2.2
9,7,10,3,2,11.4.1 Owner's Right to Clean Up
Mutual Responsibility 6.3
6,2 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to
Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of Award Separate Contracts
9.6.6,9.9.3,12.3 6.1
Nonconforming Work,Rejection and Owner's Right to Stop the Work
Correction of 2.3
2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3, Owner's Right to Suspend the Work THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
9.10.4,12.2.1,13.7-1.3 14.3 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
Notice Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
2.2.1,2.3,2.4,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.7.2,3.7.4,3.12.9,4.3, 14.2 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
4.4.8,4.6.5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,11-1.3, Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
11.4.6,12.2.2,12.2.4,13.3,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1,14.2 and Other Instruments of Service ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
Notice,Written 1.1.11 1.6,2.2.5,3.2.1,3.11.1,3.17.1,4.2.12,5.3 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
2.3,2-4,3-3-1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8, Partial Occupancy or Use DOCUMENT D401.
4.6-5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,10.3, 11.1.3, 9.6.6,9.9,11.4.1.5 This document has been approved and
11.4.6,12.2.2,12.2.4, 13.3,14 Patching,Cutting and endorsed by The Associated General
Notice of Testing and Inspections 3.14,6.2.5 Contractors of America.
13.5.1,13.5.2 Patents
Notice to Proceed 3.17
8.2.2 Payment,Applications for
Notices,Permits,Fees and
2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4,10.2.2 4.2.5,7.3.8,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1,9.6.3,9.7.1,
9.8-5,9-10.1,9-10.3,9-10.5,U-1-3,14.2-4,14-4-3
Observations,Contractor's Payment,Certificates for
1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,4.3.4
Occupancy 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1,
2.2.2,9.6.6,9.8,n.4.1.5 9-10.1,9.10.3,13.7,14.1-1.3,14-2.4
Orders,Written Payment,Failure of
1.1.1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2,11.4.9,12.1,12.2, 4.3.6,9.5.1.3, 9.7,9.10.2,14.1.1.3,14.2.1.2,13.6
13-5.2,14-3.1 Payment,Final
OWNER 4.2.1,4.2-9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10,11.1.2,11-1.3,11-4.1,
11.4.5,12.3.1,13.7,14.2.4,14.4.3
2 Payment Bond,Performance Bond and
Owner,Definition of
2.1 7.3.6.4>9.6.7,9.10.3,11.4.9, 11.5
Payments,Progress
Owner,Information and Services Required of
the 4-3-3,9-3,9-6,9.8.5,9.10.3,13.6,14-2.3
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,4.2.7>4.3.3,6.1.3, 9
6.1-4,6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6-4,9.9.2,9.10.3,
10.3.3,11.2,11.4,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1.1.4,14.1.4 Payments to Subcontractors
Owner's Authority 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6.3,9.6.4,9.6.7,11.4.8,
1.6,2.1.1,2.3,2.4,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2, 14.2.1.2
4.1.2,4.1.3,4.2.4,4.2.9,4.3.6,4.4.7, 5.2.1,5.2.4, PCB
5.4.1,6.1,6.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,8.2.2,8.3.1,9.3.1,9.3.2, 10.3.1 ,,* ,�
Performance Bond and Payment Bond .
9-5-1,9.9-1,9-10.2, 10-3.2,11-1.3,u-3-1,u.4.3, A;;" :..
11.4.10,12.2.2,12.3.1,13.2.2,14.3,14.4 7.3.6.4,9.6-7,9-10.3,-u-4.9, 11.5 s�
Owner's Financial Capability Permits,Fees and Notices .
2.2.1,13.2.2,14.1-1.5 2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6-4,10.2.2 01997 AIA®
Owner's Liability Insurance PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
6
1 13.6
Governing Law Interpretation
13.1 1.2.3, 1.4,4.1-1,4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,8.L4
guarantees(See Warranty) Interpretations,Written
Hazardous Materials 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6
10.2.4,10.3,10.5 joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required
Identification of Contract Documents 4.6.4
1.5.1 judgment on Final Award
Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 4.6.6
5.2.1 Labor and Materials,Equipment
Indemnification 1.1.3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5-1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3-12,3.13,
3.17,3.18,9.1o.2,10.3.3,10.5,11.4.1.2,11.4.7 3.15.1,42.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3,
Information and Services Required of the Owner 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2-4,14.2.1.2
2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, Labor Disputes
6.1-4,6.2-5,'9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6-4,9.9.2, 9.10.3, 8.3.1 THI5 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
10.3.3,11.2,11.4,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1.1.4,14.1.4 Laws and Regulations CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
Injury or Damage to Person or Property 1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
4.3.8,10.2,1o.6 9.6.4 9.9.1,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1, 13.413.5.1, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
Inspections 13-5.2,13.6,14 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
3.1-3,3-3-3,3-7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.2, Liens ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
9.8.3 9.9.2,9.10.1,12.2.1,13.5 2.1.2,4.4-8,8.2.2,9.3-3,9-10 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
Instructions to Bidders Limitation on Consolidation or joinder DOCUMENT D401.
1.1.1 4.6.4
Instructions to the Contractor Limitations,Statutes of This document has been approved and
endorsed by The Associated General
3.2.3 3.3.1,3.8.1,4.2.8,5.2.1,7,12,8.2.2,13.5.2 4.6.3,12.2.6,13.7 Contractors of America.
Insurance Limitations of Liability
3.18.1,6.1.1,7.3.6,8.2.1,9.3.2,9.8.4,9.9.1, 2.3,3.2.1,35.1,3.7.3,3.12.8,3.12.10,3.17,3.18,
9.10.2, 9.10.5,u 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.12,6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6.4, 9.6.7,
Insurance,Boiler and Machinery 9.10.4,10.3.3,10.2.5,11.1.2,11.2.1,u.4.7,12.2.5,
11.4.2 13.4.2
nsurance,Contractor's Liability Limitations of Time
11.1 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,
Insurance,Effective Date of 4.2.7,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3, 5.4,6.2.4,7.3,
8.2.2,11.1.2 7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,
Insurance,Loss of Use 9-9,9.10,11.1.3,U-4-1-5,u-4.6,u.4.1o,12.2,13.5,
11.4.3 13-7,14
Insurance,Owner's Liability Loss of Use Insurance
11.2 11.4.3
Insurance,Project Management Protective Material Suppliers
Liability 1.6,3.12.1,4.2-4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.6,
n-3 9.10.5
Insurance,Property Materials,Hazardous
10.2-5, 11.4 10.2.4,10.3,10.5
Insurance,Stored Materials Materials,Labor,Equipment and
9-3-2,U-4-1-4 1.1.3,1.1.6,1.6.1,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.22 3.8.23,3.12,3.13,
INSURANCE AND BONDS 3.15.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1, 7.3.6,9.3.2,9.3.3,
11 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2-4,14.2.1.2
Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Means,Methods,Techniques,Sequences and
P Procedures of Construction
Occupancy
P Y 3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2
9.9.1,11.41.5 Mechanic's Lien �4
Insurance Companies,Settlement with g AV
u.4.10 4 4 �■�
Intent of the Contract Documents Mediation
4.4.1,4.4.5,44.6,4.4.8,4.5,4.6.1,4.6.2,8.3.1, 01997 AIA®
1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13,7.4 10.5 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
Interest Minor Changes in the Work
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The'
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
,Q uotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
f Cates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6118/2004.
5
Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1,
1-5-2,3-2,3-7-3 4.4.5,4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,
Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.419.5.1,9-8-4,9-9-1,13-5-2,14.2.2,14.2.4
9.7 Decisions to Withhold Certification
Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 9.4.1,9.5,9.7,14.1.1.3
4.3.10,14.1 Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance,
Contractor's Submittals Rejection and Correction of
3-10,3-11,3-12,4-2-7,5-2.1,5-2-3,7-3.6,9.2,9-3, 2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.5.2,9.6.6,
9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11-1.3,11-5.2 9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4,12.2.1,13.7.1.3
Contractor's Superintendent Defective Work,Definition of
3.9,10.2.6 3.5.1
Contractor's Supervision and Construction Definitions
Procedures 1.1,2.1.1,3.1,3.5.1,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1,
1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, 4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.3.6,8.1, 9.1,9.8.1
6.2-4,7-1-3,7.3.4,7.3.6,8.2,10,12,14 Delays and Extensions of Time
Contractual Liability Insurance 3.2-3,4.3.1,4-3.4,4-3-7,4-4-5,5.2.3,7.2-1,7.3.'1 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
11.1.1.8,11.2,11.3 7-4-1,7-5-1,8-3,9.5-1,9-7-1,10.3.2, 10.6.1,14.3.2 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
Coordination and Correlation Disputes ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
1.2,1.5.2,3.3.1,3.10,3.12.6,6.1.3,6.2.1 4-1-4,4-3,4-4,4.5, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
CoCopies Furnished of Drawings D 4.6,6 317.3.8 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
P g Documents and Samples at the Site ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
Specifications 3.11 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
1.6,2.2-5,3.11 Drawings,Definition of DOCUMENT D401.
Copyrights
1.6,3.17 1.1.5
Correction of Work Drawings and Specifications,Ilse and This document has been approved and
Ownership of endorsed by The Associated General
2.3,2.4,3.7.4,4.2.1,9.4.2,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1, 1.1-1,1.3,2.2.5,3.11,5.3 Contractors of America.
12.1.2,12.2113.7.1.3 Effective Date of Insurance
Correlation and Intent of the Contract 8.2.2,11.1.2
Documents Emergencies
1.2
Cost,Definition of 4.3.5, 10.6,14.1.1.2
Employees,Contractor's
7.3.6 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,10.2,
Costs 10.3,11.1.1,U-4.7,14.1,14.2.1.1
2.4,3.2.3,3.7.4,3.8.2,3.15.214.3,5.4.2,6.1.11 Equipment,Labor,Materials and
6.2.3,7.3.3.3,7.3.6,7.3.7,7.3.8,9.10.2,10.3.2, 1.1-3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1,
10.5,11.3,11.4,12.1,12.2.1,12.2.4113.5,14
Cutting and Patching 4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3,
6.2. ,3.14 9.5-1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2-4,14.2.1.2
5 Execution and Progress of the Work
Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate 1.1.3,1.2.1,1.2.2,2.2.3,2.2.5,3.1,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.7,
Contractors 3.10,3.12,3.14,4.2.2,4.2.3,4.3.3,6.2.2,7.1.3,
3.14.2,6.2.4,9.2.1-5,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,10.6,u.1, 7.3.4,8.2,9.5,9.9-1,10.2,10.3,12.2,14.2,14.3
11.4,12.2.4 Extensions of Time
Damage to the Work 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3,
3.14.2,9.9.1,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,10.6,11.4,12.2.4 7.4.1,9.5.1,9.7.1,10.3.2110.6.1,14.3.2
Damages,Claims for Failure of Payment
3.2.3,3.18,4.31o,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7,10.3.3, 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2,14.1.1.3,14.2.1.2,13.6
11.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7,14.1.3,14.2.4 Faulty Work ■�
Damages for Delay . (See Defective or Nonconforming Work)
6.1.1,8.3-3,9.5.1.6,9.7,10-3.2 Final Completion and Final Payment
Date of Commencement of the Work,
Definition of 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10,U.1.2,11-1.3,11-4.1,
8.1.2 11.4.5,12.3.1,13.7,14.2.4,14.4.3 1..
Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of Financial Arrangements,Owners ■i■�
8.1.3 2-2.1,13.2.2,14.1-1.5
Day,Definition of Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance
01997 AIA®
8.1.4 11.4 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
Decisions of the Architect GENERAL PROVISIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1 97 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia — 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
4
3.2-3,4.3-4,4.3.7,6.1.1,8.3.2,10.3.2 1.1.2
Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR
4.3.4 SUSPENSION OF THE
Jaims for Damages 5.4-1.1,U-4-9,14
3.2.3,3.18,4.3.io,6.1.1,8.3-3,9.5.1,9.6-7,10-3.3, Contract Administration
11.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7,14.1.3,14.2.4 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5
Claims Subject to Arbitration Contract Award and Execution,Conditions
4.4-1,4.5.1,4.6.1 Relating to
Cleaning Up 3.7.1,3.10,5.2,6.1,11.1.3,11.4.6,11.5.1
3.15,6.3 Contract Documents,The
Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period• 1.1,1.2
13.7 Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use
Commencement of the Work,Conditions of
Relating to 1.6,2.2-5,5.3
2.2.1,3.2.1,3.4.1,3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12.6,4.3.5,5.2.1, Contract Documents,Definition of THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
5.2-3,6.2.2,8.1.2,8.2.2,8.3.1,11.1, 11-4.1,11-4.6, 1.1.1 CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
11.5.1 Contract Sum ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
Commencement of the Work,Definition of 3.8,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2,7.3,7.4,9.1, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
8.1.2 9.4.2,9.5.1.4,9.6.7,9.7,10.3.2,11.4.1, 14.2.4, MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF TH15
Communications Facilitating Contract 14.3.2 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
Administration Contract Sum,Definition of DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
3.9.1, 4.2.4 9.1 DOCUMENT D401.
Completion,Conditions Relating to Contract Time This document has been approved and
1.6.15 3.4-1,3-11,3.15,4.2.2,4.2.9,8.2,9.4.2,9.8, 4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1.3,7.3,7.4,8.1.1, endorsed by The Associated General
9.9.1,9.10,12.2,13.7,14-1.2 8.2,8.3.1,9.5.1,9.7,10-3.2,12-1.1, 14.3.2 Contractors of America.
COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND Contract Time,Definition of
9 8.1.1
Completion,Substantial CONTRACTOR
4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2-3,9.4.2,9.8,9-9-1,9-10-3, 3
9.10.4.2,12.2,13.7 Contractor,Definition of
;ompliance with Laws 3.1,6.1.2
1.6.1,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8, Contractor's Construction Schedules
4.6-4,4.6.6,9.6-4,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1,13.4, 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3
13-5.1,13-5.2,13.6,14-1.1,14.2.1.3 Contractors Employees
Concealed or Unknown Conditions 3.3.2,3.4-3,3.8.1,3-9,3.18.2,4.2-3,4.2.6,10.2,
4-3-4,8-3-1,10-3 10.3,11-1-1,U-4.7,14.1,14.2.1.1,
Conditions of the Contract Contractor's Liability Insurance
1.1.1,1.1.7,6.1.1,6.1.4 11.1
Consent,Written Contractor's Relationship with Separate
1.6,3.4.2,3.i2.8,3-14.2,4-1.2,4-3-4,4.6-4,9-3.2, Contractors and Owner's Forces
9.8-5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11-4.1, 13.2,13.4.2 3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,6,R-4.7,12.1.2,12.2.4
CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors
SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.18.1,3.18.2,5,9.6.2,9.6.7,9.10.2,
1.1.4,6 11.4.1.2,11.4.7,11.4.8
Construction Change Directive,Definition of Contractor's Relationship with the Architect
7.3.1 1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2, ...r
Construction Change Directives 3.5.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18, 4.1.2,4.1.3,
1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.9,7.1,7.3,9.3:1.1 4.2,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2,
Construction Schedules,Contractor's 9-3,9-4-9-5,9-7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6,10.3,11.31
1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 u-4.7,12,13-4.2,13.5
Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts Contractor's Representations
5.4,14.2.2.2 1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 )
Continuing Contract Performance Contractors Responsibility for Those
4.3.3 Performing the Work 01997 AIA®
Contract,Definition of 3.3.2,3.i8,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
10 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
»Copyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
, quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
tates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6118/2004.
3
Aesthetic Effect 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3,9.6.4,11.4.7
42.13,4.5.1 Architect's Representations
Allowances 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1
3.8 Architect's Site Visits
All-risk Insurance 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,
11.4.1.1 9.10.1,13-5
Applications for Payment Asbestos
4.2.5,7.3-8,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1,9.6-3,9.7.1,9.8-5, 10.3.1
9.10,u-1.3,14-2.4,14-4.3 Attorneys'Fees
Approvals 3.18.1,9.10.2,10-3.3
2.4,3.1-3,3.5,3.10.2,3-12,4.2-7,9-3.2,13-4.2, Award of Separate Contracts
13,5 6.1.1,6.1.2
Arbitration Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for
4.3.3,4.4,4.5.1,4.5.2,4.6,8.3.1,9.7.1,11-4-9, Portions of the Work
11.4.10 5.2
Architect Basic Definitions THI5 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
4.1 1.1 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
Architect,Definition of Bidding Requirements ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
4.1.1 1.1-1,1.1-7,5.2.1,11.5.1 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THI5
Architect,Extent of Authority Boiler and Machinery Insurance ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
2.4,3.12.7,4.2,4.3.63 4.4,5.2,6.3,7.1.2,7.3.6, 11.4.2 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA
7-4,9.2,9-3-1,9-4,9-5,9-8-3,9-10.1, 9.10.3,12.1, Bonds,Lien DOCUMENT D401.
12.2.1,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 9.10.2
Architect,Limitations of Authority and Bonds,Performance,and Payment This document has been approved and
Responsibility 7.3.6.4 9.6.7,9.10.3,11.4.9,11.5 endorsed by The Associated General
2.1.1,3.3.3,3.12.4,3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1, Building Permit Contractors of America.
4.2.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13, 3.7.1
4.4,5.2.1,7.4,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.6 Capitalization
Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 1.3
2.4,11.4-1.1,12.2.1,13-5.2,13-5.3,14.2.4 Certificate of Substantial Completion
Architect's Administration of the Contract 9.8-3,9.8.4,9.8.5
3.1.3, 4.2,4.3.4,4.4,9.4,9.5 Certificates for Payment
Architect's Approvals 4.2-5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1,
2.4,3.1.3,3.5.1,3.10.2,4.2.7 9.10.1,9.10.3,13.7,14.1-1.3,14.2.4
Architect's Authority to Reject Work Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval
3.5.1,4.2.6,12.1.2,12.2.1 13.5.4
Architect's Copyright Certificates of Insurance
1.6 9.10.2,11.1.3
Architect's Decisions Change Orders
4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1, 1.1.1,2.4.1,3.4.2,3.8.2.3,3.11.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,
4.4.5,4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2, 4.3.4,4.3.9,5.2.3,7.1,7.2,7.3,8.3.1,9.3.1.1,
9.4,9.5.1,9.8-4,9-9-1,13-5.2,14-2.2,14.2.4 9.10.3,11.4.1.2,11.4.4,11.4.9,12.1.2
Architect's Inspections Change Orders,Definition of
4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.49.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 7.2.1
Architect's Instructions CHANGES IN THE WORK
3.2.3,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.8,7.4.1,12.1,13.5.2 3.11,4.2.8,7,8.3.1,9.3-1.1,U-4.9
Architect's Interpretations
Claim,De
4.2.11,4.2.12,4-3.6
Definition of
.�.■
Architect's Project Representative 4.3.1
4,2,10 Claims and Disputes
Architect's Relationship with Contractor 3.2.3,4.3,4.4 4.5,4.6,6.1.1,6.3,7.3.8,9.3.3,
1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2, 9.10.4,10.3.3 y:•. • -.•:'
1 3 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims
3.5• ,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.1.2,4.1. , Y �
4.2,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2, 4.6.5
9.3,9.4,9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6,10.3,11.3, Claims for Additional Cost 01997 AIA®
11.4.7,12,13.4.2,13.5 3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.1,7.3.8,10.3.2 AIA DOCUMEN T A201-1997
Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors Claims for Additional Time GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
»Copyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987' 0 199 y The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 "
copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
2
1997 Edition - Electronic Format
AIA Document A201 - 1997
General Conditions of the Contract for Construction
TABLE OF ARTICLES
1. GENERAL PROVISIONS
2. OWNER THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL
CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN
3. CONTRACTOR ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH
RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR
4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS
ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA
DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA
5. SUBCONTRACTORS DOCUMENT D401.
6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS This document has been approved and
endorsed by The Associated General
7. CHANGES IN THE WORK Contractors of America.
8. TIME
9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
0" 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
11. INSURANCE AND BONDS
12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
INDEX Addenda
Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 1.1.1,3.0
9.6.6,9.9.3,12.3 Additional Costs,Claims for
Acceptance of Work 4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.1,10.3
9.6.6.9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3,12.3 Additional Inspections and Testing
Access to Work 9.8.3,12.2.1,13.5
3.16,6.2.1,12.1 Additional Time,Claims for
Accident Prevention 4.3-4,4.3.7,8.3.2 l
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.2-3,10
Prevention
Acts and Omissions 3-1-3,4,9-4,9-5 01997 AIA®
3.2,3.3.2,3.12.8,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,4.4.1,8.3.1, Advertisement or Invitation to Bid AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997
9-5-1,10.2-5,13-4.2,13.7,14.1 1.1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects
uotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.
ates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292
.opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201.aia -- 6/27/2003. AIA License Number
1005645,which expires on 6/18/2004.
1
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
because of inadequate or improper Drawings and Specifications and, whenever
a result is required, the successful bidder shall fumish any and all extras and
make any changes needed to produce, to the satisfaction of the Awarding
Authority, the required results.
11. BIDDERS PRESENT
A. All bids will be open in private.
12. EXPEDITE DECISIONS
A. Every Contract which requires the Awarding Authority, any official, its Architect or
Engineer to make a decision on interpretation of the Specifications, approval of
equipment, material or any other approval, or progress of the work, shall require
that the decision be made promptly and, in any event, no later than thirty (30)
days after the written submission for decision; but if such decision requires
extended investigation and study, the Awarding Authority, the official, Architect or
Engineer shall, within thirty (30) days after the receipt of the submission, give the
party making the submission written notice of the reasons why the decision
cannot be made within the thirty.(30) day period and the date by which the
decision will be made.
13. BIDDERS' REPRESENTATION
A. Each general bidder (hereinafter called, "Bidder") by making a bid (hereinafter
called "bid") represents that:
1. The bidder has read and understands the Contract Documents and the
bid is made in accordance therewith.
2. The bidder has visited the site and is familiar with the local conditions
under which the work has to be performed.
B. Failure to so examine the Contract documents and site shall not relieve any
bidder from any obligation under the bid as submitted.
14. TAXES
A. The Awarding Authority is exempt from payment of the Massachusetts Sales Tax.
The Contractor will be provided a Certificate of Exemption number prior to
commencement of work.
END OF SECTION
Instruction to Bidders ITB-6
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
8. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
A. Any bid may be withdrawn by written or telegraphic request dispatched by a
general bidder in time for delivery in the normal course of business prior to the
hours fixed for the opening of general bids. Prior to such hour, telegraphic
withdrawal of bids must be confirmed over the signature of the bidders by written
notice deposited in the United States mail, postmarked on or before the date and
time set for receipt of bids.
B. Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of
bids.
C. No bid of the general bidders shall be withdrawn within thirty (30) days,
Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of the
general bids.
9. INTERPRETATIONS
A. No oral interpretations will be made to any bidder as to the meaning of the
Drawings and Specifications. Every request for such an interpretation shall be
made in writing by a general bidder and addressed and forwarded to Lindgren &
Sharpies, P.C., Consulting Engineers, 435 Cottage Street, Springfield,
kook Massachusetts 01104. No inquiry received within two (2) days of the date fixed
for opening of general bids will be given consideration. Every interpretation made
to a bidder will be in the form of an Addendum to the Specification which, if
issued, may be sent as promptly as is practicable to all persons to whom the
Drawings and Specifications have been issued. All such Addenda shall become
a part of the Contract Documents. Failure of the Awarding Authority to send, or of
any bidder to receive, any such interpretation shall not relieve any bidder from
any obligation under his bid as submitted.
10. EXAMINATION OF SITE, DRAWINGS, ETC.
A. Each bidder shall visit the site of the proposed work and fully acquaint himself
with circumstances and conditions relating to the entire project as they exist so
that he may fully understand the facilities, difficulties, and restrictions attending the
execution of the work under his Contract. Bidders shall also thoroughly examine
and be familiar with the Drawings and Specifications. The failure or omission of
any bidder to receive or examine any form, instrument, document, or to visit the
site and acquaint himself with conditions there existing shall in no way relieve any
bidder from any obligation with respect to his bid. By submitting a bid, the bidder
agrees and warrants that he has examined the site and the Specifications and
Drawings and, where the Specification and Drawings require in any of the work a
given result to be produced, that the Specifications and Drawings are adequate
and the required result can be produced, under the Specifications and Drawings.
No claim for any extra or any alleged damage due to delay will be allowed
because of alleged impossibilities in the production of the results specified or
Instruction to Bidders ITB-5
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
5. GENERAL
A. General bids shall be for the complete work as specified and shall include the
names of sub-bidders and the amounts of their sub-bids, and the General
Contractor shall be selected on the basis of such general bids. Every general bid
which does not conform with these Specifications, or which is on a form not
completely filled in, or which is incomplete, conditional or obscure, or which
contains any options or additions not called for, shall be invalid, and the Awarding
Authority shall reject every such general bid. No such general bid shall be
rejected because of the failure to submit prices for, or information relating to, any
item or items for which no specific space is provided in the general bid form
furnished by the Awarding Authority, but this sentence shall not be applicable to
any failure to furnish prices or information required by this Section to be fumished
in the above "Form for General Bid". General bids will be opened and read by
the Awarding Authority in private after the time limit for the filing thereof. The
Awarding Authority reserves the right to select the Contractor regardless of the
bid price.
B. The general bid price shall be the price set forth in Paragraph C of the "Form for
General Bid". No general bid shall be rejected because the Drawings and
Specifications do not accompany the bid or are not submitted with the bid.
6. ALTERNATE BIDS
A. Alternate bids will be received only if, and as, called for in Division 1, General
Requirements.
7. TIME FOR RECEIVING BIDS
A. Bids of general bidders will be received by the Awarding Authority until Two
O'clock PM (2:00 PM), Monday, April 12, 2004, at which time and place all
general bids will be opened in private.
B. Bids received prior to the time established herein for the opening of bids of the
General Contractors will be securely kept unopened. The officer whose duty it is
to receive and to open all bids will decide when the specified time has arrived for
the opening of bids of General Contractors. At the times established, opening of
bids of General Contractors will be done in private. No responsibility will attach to
an officer for premature opening of a bid not properly addressed and identified.
C. No general bid received by the Awarding Authority after the time established
herein for the opening of general bids will be considered, regardless of the cause
for delay in the receipt of any such bid.
Instruction to Bidders ITB-4
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. In submitting this bid, it is understood that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all
bids of the general bidders and to waive any informalities in bidding, if it be in the Owner's
interest to do so. The Owner also reserves the right to reject any or all Contractors. It is
also agreed that this bid may not be withdrawn within thirty (30) days of the receipt of
bids, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded.
G. The undersigned agrees that if he is selected as General Contractor, he will, within five
(5) days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by
the Owner, execute a Contract in accordance with the terms of this general bid.
H. The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony
with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work.
I. The undersigned further certifies under penalties of perjury that the said undersigned is
not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the Commonwealth under
the provisions of Section 29F of Chapter 29, or any other applicable debarment
provisions of any other Chapter of the General Laws or rules or regulations promulgated
thereunder.
Date:
(Name of General Bidder)
By:
Business Address
City, State, and Zip Code
Business Telephone
If a corporation, it must be signed and sealed by a duly authorized officer.
If a partnership, so state and give names of all partners.
If an individual, so state and sign.
Instruction to Bidders ITB-3
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
FORM FOR GENERAL BID
BIDDER:
TO: The Awarding Authority-Trustees of Smith College
126 West Street
Northampton, MA 01060
A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required replacement of the
pool filtration system, at the Gill Hall, Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts, in
accordance with the accompanying Drawings and Specifications prepared by Lindgren&
Sharpies, P.C., Consulting Engineers, 435 Cottage Street, Springfield, Massachusetts
01104, for the Contract price specified below, subject to additions and deductions
according to the terms of the Specifications.
B. This bid includes Addenda numbered , and
C. The proposed Contract price (Base Bid) is _-
Dollars ($ ).
The proposed Contract price for Alternate No. 1 ADD Deduct
The proposed Contract price for Alternate No. 2 ADD Deduct
The proposed Contract price for Altemate No. 3 ADD Deduct
The proposed Contract price for Alternate No. 3 ADD Deduct
D. The undersigned certifies that, if awarded the Contract for this project, the following
Subcontractors shall be used:
SECTION TRADE SUBCONTRACTOR
General Construction (Mechanical Contractor)
09900 Painting
15300 Fire Protection
15400 Plumbing
15600 HVAC
16100 Electrical
E. The Contractor shall conduct the required work of this Contract with regard to the
following dates:
1. Commence work in the Gill Hall Building no later than Thursday, May 16, 2004.
2. Substantial Completion of the work shall be accomplished no later than Tuesday,
August 17, 2004.
Instruction to Bidders ITB-2
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION ITB
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. SPECIAL NOTICE TO BIDDERS
A. Attention is directed to the fact that each set of the Specifications has bound
thereto a complete set of Bidding and General Contract Forms. These forms are
for reference and convenience only of bidders and are not to be detached from
the Specifications or filled out or executed.
B. The Owner shall fumish forms to General Contractors for filing bids. These forms
will be available at the office of Lindgren & Sharples, P.C., Consulting Engineers,
435 Cottage Street, Springfield, Massachusetts 01104.
C. Bids must be filed on the forms provided. All items on the bid forms must be filled
in completely and accurately. Inclusion of alternative proposals with bids, or use
of alternative bid forms, or submission of incomplete or qualified bids shall be
cause for rejection
D. The award of the Contract in connection with this work, after approval of an
t officer, board, or agency, will be made within thirty (3) days, Saturdays, Sundays,
and legal holidays excluded, after such approval; and the award of this Contract
will be made within thirty (30) days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays
excluded, after the opening of the bids therefore. If the bidder, selected as the
General Contractor, fails to perform his agreement to execute a Contract in
accordance with the terms of his bid, an award shall be made to the next
responsible and eligible bidder. The thirty (30) day time limit shall not be
applicable to a second or subsequent award made after expiration of the time
limit with the consent of said next responsible and eligible bidder, and made
because the original award made within the time limit was invalid, or because the
bidder failed to execute the Contract.
2. BID SECURITY: NONE REQUIRED.
3. REJECTION OF BIDS
A. In inviting bids, the Awarding Authority shall reserve the right to reject any or all
such bids, if it be in its interest to do so.
4. BIDDING PROCEDURE
A. Bid documents submitted by all bidders to the Owner shall be submitted and
enclosed in a single envelope, which shall be sealed and clearly labeled with the
words, 'BID DOCUMENTS", the project name, and firm name of the bidder.
Instruction to Bidders ITBA
A
Mechanical Contractors Communication Contra
Haas Elec.
Harry Grodsky Co. Springfield, MA Hogan Communications
M.J. Moran Haydeville, MA
T.J. Conway Springfield, MA
Electrical Contractors Automatic Temperature
Collins Electric Chicopee, MA Yankee Technology
David R. Northup Electric Agawam, MA
Haas Electric South Hadley, MA Roofing Contractors
M.L. Schmitt, Inc. Springfield, MA Morris
Orchard Electric Northampton, MA Rivet
Systems Electric Worthington MA Titan
Easthampton Electric Easthampton, MA
M&S Electric Hatfield, MA
Fire Protection Painting Contractors
Allied Fire Protection Sprinfield, MA Gormely, Mike
Baystate Sprinkler Co. Holyoke, MA. Lococo, Owen
H.F.P. South Hadley,MA Northeast
Warehouse Mechanical South Hadley, MA Coffey.& Heady
A&G Fire Protection Ludlow MA Callahan, Joe
M.J. Moran Hydenville, MA Novotny
Millwork
Westek Westfield, MA. Sheet Metal Fabricator.,
Amherst Woodworking Northampton, MA Kleeberg Sheet Metal
John Carlo Woodworking Westfield, MA Fisher Sheet Metal
Wright Architectural Northampton, MA
Haydenville Woodworking Amherst, MA Elevator Contractors
Laurel Hill (Peter Dellert) Holyoke, MA Schindler
Bradford Woodworking Florence, MA Bay State
Otis
Flooring Contractors
Mercier Carpet West Sprfld. MA
M. Frank Higgins&Co. Newington CT Miscellaneous Metals
Accufab
Site / Landscape Arrow Welding
Warner Bros. Sunderland, MA Ralph's Welding
T&M Equipment Corp. Springfield, MA SWE
Palmer Paving Palmer, MA
Marion Excavating South Hadley, MA
Duffy/Willard Northampton, MA
Dietz Const. Corporation Easthampton, MA
Karls Excavating Hadley, MA
� s
Contractor Phone&Fax
Aquadro&Cerruti, Inc. 413-584-4022 P.O. Box 656 Northampton, MA 01061
Fax 413-5840011
A.R. Green &Son, Inc. 413-538-7947 19 St.James Ave., Holyoke, MA 01040
Fax 413-534-4798
D.A. Sullivan &Sons, Inc. 413-584-0310 82 North Street, Northampton, MA 01060
Fax 413-585-5710
Marois Construction, Inc. 413-533-1320 146 Newton Street, South Hadley, MA 01075
Fax 413-532-1149
Wright Builders, Inc. 413-586-8287 48 Bates Street, Northampton, MA 01060
Fax 413-587-9276
Western Builders, Inc. 413-467-9171 PO Box 278, Granby, MA 01033
Fax 413-467-9559 (73 Pleasenet Street, Granby, MA 01033)
Bidders requesting Contract Documents to be mailed to them shall include, with the
document deposit, a separate check (non-refundable) in the amount of Thirty Dollars
($30.00) (certified, cashier's or treasurer's check, or money order), payable to Lindgren &
Sharples, P.C., for each set to cover mailing and handling costs.
The Contract Documents may also be seen, but not removed, at:
Lindgren & Sharples, P.C.
Consulting Engineers
435 Cottage Street
Springfield, MA 01104
(413) 732-4336
The Awarding Authority also reserves the right to waive any informality in, or to reject any,
or all bids if it be in their interest to do so.
The Trustees of Smith College
NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS NTC -2
Olwk NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
HVAC RENOVATION
GILL HALL
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
The Trustees of Smith College invite sealed bids for the HVAC renovation in the existing
Gill Hall at Smith College, 126 West Street, Northampton, Massachusetts.
Bids shall be received at Smith College, 126 West Street, Northampton, Massachusetts, up
to the time specified below. Bids must be received before that time to be considered, and
all information outlined in the bid form must be provided as part of the bid.
The project will consist of replacement of the existing HVAC system located in Gill Hall
including all related Plumbing, Architectural, and Electrical systems presently serving
dedicated parts of the existing facility as necessary for completion of the work indicated on
the Construction Documents.
General bids will be received until Two O'clock PM (2:00 PM), Monday, April 12, 2004, at
which time all general bids will be opened in private.
A representative of Lindgren & Sharpies, P.C. will be present at the site to conduct a tour
on Wednesday, March 31, 2004, starting at 12:30 PM.
If mailed, bids shall be sent to the Awarding Authority at the above address.
Bid documents will be available for pick-up at the office of Lindgren & Sharpies, P.C.,
Consulting Engineers, 435 Cottage Street, Springfield, Massachusetts after Two O'clock
PM (2:00 PM) on Monday, March 29, 2004. Plans are also available through the Physical
Plant Department at Smith College.
Bidders will be allowed up to two (2) sets of Contract Documents. Contract Documents
may be obtained upon deposit of a company, certified, cashier's or treasurer's check, or
money or der for Fifty Dollars ($50.00) per set, payable to Lindgren & Sharpies, P.C. The
deposit will be refunded for up to two (2) sets for each bidder upon the return of the sets in
good condition, within fourteen (14) calendar days after the opening of the general bids;
otherwise, the deposit shall become the property of Lindgren & Sharpies, P.C.
Contractors and sub-contractors are limited to those listed on the attached Bid List.
Contractors not listed will not be allowed to submit a bid without written approval by Smith
College.
NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS NTC - 1
Gill Hall Heating Replacement
Smith College
Northampton, MA
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE
Title Sheet
Table of Contents
Notice to Contractors
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
Instructions to Bidders
A.I.A. General Conditions
Part 1 -Amendments to A.I.A. General Conditions
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01010 - Summary of the Work
Section 01039 - Co-ordination and Meetings
Section 01090 - Reference Standards
Section 01230 -Alternates
Section 01300 -Submittals
Section 01500 -Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
Section 01600 - Material and Equipment
Section 01700 -Contract Closeout
Section 01750 -Cutting and Patching
Section 06105— Miscellaneous Carpentry
Section 06200— Finish Carpentry
Section 09260—Gypsum Board Assembly
Section 09511 —Acoustic Panel Ceilings
Section 09911 - Painting
DIVISION 15— MECHANICAL
Section 15300— Fire Protection
Section 15600 - HVAC
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL WORK
Section 16100 - Electrical
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC- 1
N
O CD Z N �tco ON �t (DOD ON 't CD C00 N It CD 000N
� � � NNN N NM CI) MCM Md d d
CC) 0)
U
Z o
O + z N
a~ o 000 C
C' zvo � D c
W'. N WWW WWW W WWW WWW U � Z � a
� af w x w x w UUU UUU �, w W N
0 : > > Q ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ Q ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢
aaa a aaa aaa oY
a' a' w Cn (n Cn Cn U) W NCO W fn U) Cn u) N Q U) N
' O
d b
j: 00 O
f; + +
co Q
N w'
C)
r r r
�� WO
~
0 W 0 o W 0 Z
U N N w 11j 0
Q 0
W
O O O
LJ. < m N N LO LO
J
�O O w
O
Q��O L o Z
N N Cn ¢
a
z a aaa
a a aaa aaa a
Y W O N NN M� NN N a a
CC) JJ — O
N 2W N
Q �
W LL„ co la- a a M M M
m a N N N N M fV) N Za;
a z2
am °- 0 IL
M U N O O N N 0 LL
UM N < Q w
n
N
¢ m O O O O 0
O N r r r N M
J
D_ m a.
¢ ° °o C) °o ° °v
0 0
N r r r N M r M
N
d U U
6
C7 C7 °o m v
*k *k *k O O *k N
W w + + + �* +
W
W J
w W U U C-)
U U U F¢-
2 6 vv v O
(n Z E; w w
O Ic 3: 3:
W aM a s a n a
�¢ 00 000
a a' Ix W N W WW W WW ° NriCt CI)U) F- F' w a UUU U U U
F Z Z N Q Q Q Q ¢ ¢
W OVOUN a. Q ¢ w «auai «aii cai� cancan < ¢ o
C 6 J X ;
� S
OL
J
W W W W W W
Ck o n o n
000000
000000
iu to m
W J
ZJ
LLI
Of
w UW
ON en m m en en i
N q w0
LLJ
LU
~ 9 O Nl A e 9 QQ
O
0
— — J
m�
Q
o o�
W
Q�
M �W
it
z z z z z Z
F J J J J J J O
Z Z ;erg Z Z QU
— — J LL
N M
D_ O
scALB Q
U 0_ —
R
F
AS Nor® SCHEDULES & LEGEND 1021
(i -MOREnr & SHARPLE% Pc LMTS 4-7-04
'
CONSULIVO EMMME8A8 DPATMP OR � HALL SK
PHONE: (413)732-4336 PAX:(413) 731-0789 CRB=oS DID Sbm COLLEGE
435 COTTAGE STREET SPRINGFIELD, ILA 01104 PROHIM NOR N, MAMACHUS" S.y-1
LNEW OP AIR-TO-AIR HEAT RECOVERY UNIT ROO TO PROVIDE 8' HIGH CONT.CURB PEREME OF UNIT - COORDINATE SIZE
ITN HVAG CONTRACTOR
i
NEW 24' X 24' X 2' CARLISLE SURE SEAL
RUBBER PAVERS - SECURE TO EX15TINGs
ARL15LE EPDM ROOFING AS PER MFR'S EW CRICKET 0 ROOFTOP UNIT
SPECIFICATIONS SLOPE WITH TAPERED INSULATION
COVER WITH EPDM ROOFING
EXISTING TO MATCH EXISTING
ROOF DRAIN
NO T
ALL NEW ROOFING TO BE FULLY ADHERED
ARLISLE SURE SEAL 45 MIL.EPDM
TO MATCH EXISTING ALL ROOFING TO GAR
TEN YEAR MFR.5 WARRANTY EXIST EPDM ROOF
0 0 0
SLOPE SLOPE
NEW ROOFTOP AIR-TO-AIR HEAT RECOVER
UNIT ROOFER TO PROVIDE 8"HIGH CONT.
CURB AROUND PERIMETER OF UNIT
-COORDINATE SIZE WITH HVAC CONTRACTO T
=DRAIN EW CRICKET a ROOFTOP UNIT
SLOPE WITH TAPERED INSULATION
COVER WITH EPDM ROOFING
TO MATCH EXISTING
lz
ol
NE AIR OVER EXIST. ROOF Plan 1
PA T SEE SECTION 2/Al-4 Scala
0
wma AS NOM ROOF PLAN 1021
mmGREN & sHARPLEs, rc- DUD 4-7-04
oa�LZaaa m�cm4� O WN ]PR GILL HAid. SK
PHONE:(413)732-4338 FAX:(413)731-0788 cm=3D DID S nH COLLEGE
435 COTTAGE STREET SPRINGFIELD, YA 01104 PM83L'P ID71 NORM, MAS&ACHLTSEM A-7
xISrIN�
EXISTING SKYLIGHT
EXHAUST FAN
NEW STAIR FROM
EXIST.INTERIOR STAIR
SEE SECTION 3/Al-4
0
0
XIST F'DM ROOF
EW ROOFTOP FRESH AIR INTAKE
SEE MECHANICAL OW65
0
Roof Plan 1
SCNLLC ,�8., _
'amB AS NOTED ROOF PLAN 1021
i�� & . PC »s 4-7-04
PHONE:(419)792-4998 FAM (419)791-0780 amxm DID SWrM COLLEGE
435 COTTAGE STREET SPRINGFIELD, BA 01104 }gip m NORTHAMP11ON, MAS&ACHUSLTO A-6
MARVIN CLAD ULTIMATE OUTSWMGING
FRENCH DOOR(WHITE)3'-0'X 1'-0'
SET SILL IN CONT.SEALANT BED
1 1/4°WOOD SILL
NEW 3/4'WOOD STOOL
CONT.I IR'x 1 I/2'x 1/4'GALV STL.ANGLE
WELDED TO STRINGERS AND BOLTED TO WALL
8 9/I6'x 3'-O'GALV.STL.TREAD WOOD SCOTIA-BROSC08061
SECURED TO C8x11.5 STRINGERS OR EQUAL
Ix4W
/ 0 �
/ Irz14 GALV.LAG 5/8'0 WOOD QUARTER ROUND
/ SCREWS-4 REQV.
/ SEAL AT FLASHING ;D
/ WITH SEALANT
/
24 GA STAINLESS 2
/ STL.CONT.SILL
/ FLASHING AND CLEAT
EXTEND FLASHING
OVER EXISTING SLATE
SHONGLES AS SHOWN EXISTING WOOD BASE
LINE OF EXISTING
SLATE ROOFING
Door Sill Detail 4
SCalx NONE
wAxB AS NMW ROOF PLAN 1021
U NMRM & 4HA" E% P-C. min 4-7-04
aa*oInanaa mMnmG31Is
Egon U R GEL H1' SK
PHONE:(419)792-4398 FAIL (419) 791-0788 ®®y Dw MUM$
435 COTTAGE STREET SPRINGFIELD, YA 01104 PROM= Ypl NORTHAMPTON, MAS&ACHUSEM A--5
11/4Y GALV.PIPE RAIL
•2'-10'ABOVE N091NG MARVIN OUTSWNGNG CLAD FRENCH DOOR
(WHITE)3'-0'x Y-0'
9
8 946'x 2112*x 36'GALV.STL.STAIR TREAD 4
McNIGHOLS TYPE 8 OR EQUAL s TOP TREAD ONLY 1-4
:o
n
9'TYP.
Of GALV.C8xll5 STRWjERB
4 9.314'%21/2'GALv.STL.
w
STAIR TREAD-McNICHOLS
C TYPE B OR EQUAL
T.GALV.1/4'X 6'PLATE
BETWEEN STRINGERS 7
NEWCAICISLF SJRE SEAL EXISTING EPOM ROOF
RUBBER PAVERS-SEE
ROOF PLAN
Roof Stair Section 3
Scala NONE
EON7 AS NDIM ROOF PLAN 1 1
LINDOREN & SRARPLFS, P.C. DAM 4-7-04 1
0NOIaanvo m OMMERS DRAW 1PR GILL HALL
PHONE: (413)738-4338 PAX:(413)731-0788 cows ID nID SMHH COLLEGE
435 COTTAGE STEEEP SPRINGFIELD, HA 01104 pFIOWID y/!j NORTHAMPTON A-4
11/4'#GALV.PIPE RAIL
s 2'-10'A50VE N05NG
0 3/4'x 21/2'x 36"GALV.BTL.
m CONT.GALV I/4'X 6' STAIR TREADS•McNICNOLB
PLATE BETWEEN TYPE B OR EQUAL-TYP.
STRMGERS
v.C8xll5 STRMGERB a
EXISTING
PARAPET
CONT.GALV.I/4'X 6'PLATE
NEW CARLISLE 311RE BEAL BETWEEN STRMGERB
RJBBER PAVERS-SEE
ROOF PLAN
NEW CARLISLE SURE SEAL
RIBBER PAVERS-BEE
ROOF PLAN
Roof Stair Section 2
Scala NONE
"X" AS NO= ROM PLAN 1021
LDmGREN do S;HAPYMS, P.C. DAM 3-30-04
wAmp MR GILL HALL SK
t�11LTv4C3 mNxMntl�es $NQTH COLLEGE
PRONE:(419)792-4998 FAX:(419)791-0780 °�' 1]1D
05 COTTAGE STREET SPRINGFIELD.MA 01104 Ron= 1Q21 NORTIMMPM, MAIM A-3
REPLACE EXIST.CA51NG
WITH NEW-MATCH EXIST.
NEW 5/8"�QUARTER PROFILE
ROUND ON NEW Ix
WD.TRIM FILLER EXISTING:FRAMING:
MODIFY AS REQD.
REMOVE WD.
STOPS AND
INSTALL FILLER
NEW DO R JANE
GLAD DOOR FRAME
REPLACE EXIST WD.TRIM WITH
SEALANT ON FOAM BACKUP NEW WOOD NEW-MATCH EXIST.PROFILE
TRIM FILLER
JAMB CONDITION SHOWN
HEAD SIMILAR
New Door Jamb Detail 4
S'calx NONE
sous r►s Nom SECOND FLOOR& ATTIC FLOOR PLANS
/rafl3GREK & SHARPLES. P.c DAw 4-7-M
aas saL7nw ENcsa� INAVP 1PR C'� H'°�a' SK
PRONE:(419)792-4998 FAX: (419)991-0788 C®CED Dm SIA" COLLEGE
435 COTTAGE STREET SPRINGFIELD, 1G 01104 PROmp Nm NORTHAMFM, MASUCHUSEM A-2
EXISTING SLATE ROOFMG-REMOVE AND REPLACE
AS REQUIRED FOR NEW OPENING
REPLACE EXIST.
WD.CASING WITH
NEW TO MATCH
ISTMG
REMOVE EX WINDOW
UNIT AND ENLARGE
OPENNG TO ACCEPT
NEW D
NEW WD.TRIM
NEW MARVIN CLAD ULTIMATE NEW GALV.STL.STAIR ASSEMBLY TO ROOF
OUTSWMGMG FRENCH DOOR SEE SECTION 2/AI.4
SEE DETAILS 4/AI-3 AND 4/AI.4
Elevation c Roof Access Door r3
soda NONE $�(�
wma As Nam SECOND FLOOR& AMC FLOOR PLANS
r LMDOREN & SHARPLR% P.C. MUD 4-7-04
ooa�alaalo 04oH0mm DRAWN 1PR GILL HALL �y
PHONE:(419)799-4838 FAX:(419)791-0788 CSEC® Om SW" COLd.EGE Sim
435 COTTAGE STREET SPRINGFIELD, YA 01104 NCO= ipy NORMAMMN, MAMACHUMM A-1
Lindgren& Sharples, P.C.
Consulting Engineers
435 Cottage Street
Springfield, MA 01104
Page 5
3. Add a 3/"C with pull string from fire alarm panel to mechanical
room housing panel PPHV, for connection of communication
modular for fire alarm and fiber optic connection point.
4. Clarification: There is only one 400A/3p breaker required for
panel MPP and it is part of Alternate#2.
GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES
1. Fixture type"A" shall be Lithonia#AF-2-26DTT-AR-120.
Fixture type`B" shall be Lithonia#L-2-32-120-GEB.
2. Exterior fixture type"B" shall be Lithonia#TWP-150M-120-SF-
SCWA-DMB-RKl-PEB1 (These fixtures are part of Alternate#2)
3. See attached Panel Schedule for Panel PPHV.
Lindgren& Sharples, P.C.
Consulting Engineers
435 Cottage Street
Springfield, MA 01104
Page 4
RE: Structural Framing
1. Refer to attached Drawing S 101 for structural framing required.
RE: Drawing 1021-CD-FP-102
1. RE: New 3rd floor fire protection plan—Add the following note:
All head replacement in attics shall be done under Alternate
Bid No. 3 except where new piping is required.
RE: Drawing 1021-CD-H-105
1. Enlarge mechanical room HVAC plan—Add the following note:
Disconnect and remove the two existing in-line pumps
serving the laundry building and replace with new
Grundfos Model 30 LP5 balance for 9 pm.
RE: Drawing 1021-CD-H-106
1. Air handling unit schedule—Change AHU-2 to 208 volts.
2. Pump schedule—Delete pump schedule and refer to attached
revised pump schedule.
RE: Drawing 1021-CD-E-103
1. Add EF-2 in attic feed from PPHV, feeder to be VC 4#12 +#12
G., see attached panel schedule.
RE: Drawing 1021-CD-E-104
1. Change feeders for pumps P-1 and P-2 from VC 2#12+#12 G. to
3/"C4#10+#10 G.
2. Add replacement of fire alarm panel to new 2005 series. Owner to
supply all fire alarm equipment.
Lindgren& Sharples, P.C.
Consulting Engineers
435 Cottage Street
Springfield, MA 01104
Page 3
3. Second floor plan—Add the following notes:
• At the new roof access stair add the following: "Remove
existing window and enlarge opening. Install new 3'-0"x
7'-0"Marvin Clad Ultimate Out-swinging French Door—
See elevation 3/Al-3 and Detail 4/Al-4".
• At the south wall where the detail mark is shown, add the
following note:
"See 3/A3-1 for modifications in this area(new
window seat and duct modifications)".
4. Attic Plan—Add the following notes:
• At the cupola, add the following note:
"Fill all existing wall openings under louvers in
cupola".
• At the hatched area, add the following note:
"New 3/"T & G plywood decking this area. Extend
4'-0"beyond existing columns".
The two missing dimensions within the hatch are
shall be 4'-0".
RE: Drawing 1021-CD-Al-4
1. Refer to the attached Drawing SK-A-3 for revised Detail-2/Al-4.
2. Refer to attached Drawing SK-A-4 for revised Detail-3/A1-4.
3. Refer to attached Drawing SK-A-5 for revised Detail-4/Al-4.
4. Refer to attached Drawing SK-A-6 for revised partial south roof
area.
5. Refer to attached Drawing SK-A-7 for revised partial north roof
area.
Lindgren& Sharples, P.C.
Consulting Engineers
435 Cottage Street
Springfield, MA 01104
Page 2
2. Page 15600-71, Paragraph 3.2A—Change the first sentence to read
as follows:
"Drilling of all holes 4" diameter and smaller required for the
installation of HVAC piping and equipment shall be performed by
the HVAC Contractor, holes larger than 4"diameter shall be by the
General Contractor.
3. Page 15600-77, Paragraph 3.14D—Add the following:
E. Alternate Bid No. 3 —Replace all existing sprinkler heads.
1. The work of the alternate does not affect the work of
this trade.
F. Alternate Bid No. 4—Install window seat in Fiction Room.
If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the Drawings
and in the Specifications as Alternate No. 4 shall be included in
addition to the respective portions of the work indicated in the base
bid.
1. Furnish and install a new window seat in Fiction
Room 203 to conceal the new ductwork.
2. All bidders and trade are responsible for reviewing
the drawings, specifications, and details to
determine how this alternate affects their work, and
indicating the cost of the alternate on the bid form.
DRAWINGS
RE: Drawing 1021-CD-Al-3
1. Refer to attached Drawing SK-A-1 for revised Detail 3/A1-3.
2. Refer to attached Drawing SK-2 for revised Detail 4/A1-4.
Lindgren& Sharples, P.C.
Consulting Engineers
435 Cottage Street
Springfield, MA 01104
Page 1
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Gill Hall HVAC Renovations
April 6, 2004
The following changes are hereby made in the Plans and Specifications for the subject
Project and are to be included in the proposal, including revisions of the documents for
these modifications and clarifications with related ramifications of such changes for the
entire project.
SPECIFICATIONS
Notice to Contractor
1. Change the fourth paragraph to read"General bids will be received
until 2:00 p.m., Thursday,April 16, 2004.
Instruction to Bidders
1. Page ITB-2, Paragraph C—Change the last Alternate Number to 4.
2. Page ITB-4, Paragraph E.7.A. —Change the date to received April
16, 2004.
Fire Protection 15300
1. Page 15300-19,Paragraph 2.2F.1 —Delete sub paragraphs h,k,
and i. The existing ball drip, check valve and tamper switches
shall remain.
HVAC 15600
1. Page 15600-26, Paragraph 2.18G.1 and 2—Change insulation
thickness for all pipe sizes to be 1"thick.
:SPECIFICATIONS
OR
HALL HEATING RENOVATIONS
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON,
MASSACHUSETTS 01060
SPECIAL NOTE: BIDDERS' OF THE PROJECT SITE SHALL BE MADE
A 03 PM
WEDNESDAY, MARCH 31, 2004, T 1
PREPARED BY:
LIND
GREN & SHARPLES, P.C.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
435 COTTAGE STREET 01104-4005
SPRINGFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS
SP 413-732-4336
DATE: March 24, 2004
JOB NO: 1021
OFM BAWN, I
Q2 CHARLES tiG LUAM
� P. � BARRY.VA � !
SHARPLES - 30196
ca
,STr� D �'�— 29940
Q i
/oS
Qtst lon
F p e �Q�t o-
ti.
' 9
fj